PS/PCL/UFR II Printer Guide
Please read this guide before operating this product.
ENG
After you finish reading this guide, store it in a safe place for future reference.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
0
Ot¯
Color imageRUNNER
C3480/C3480i/C3380/
C3380i/C3080/C3080i/
C2880/C2880i/C2550
PS/PCL/UFR II
Printer Guide
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Manuals for the Machine
The manuals for this machine are divided as follows. Please refer to them for detailed information.
The manuals supplied with optional equipment are included in the list below. Depending on the system
configuration and product purchased, some manuals may not be needed.
Guides with this symbol are included on the accompanying
Guides with this symbol are printed manuals.
CD-ROM. (See footnote on the next page.)
CD-ROM
• Quick Reference for Basic Operations
• Learn How to Use Your Machine
Easy Operation Guide
Tutorial CD
CD-ROM
The Tutorial CD is a teaching aid, designed to help you learn the various
functions of the machine.
• Precautions for Using Your Machine
• Troubleshooting
• Specifications
Support Guide
• Basic Operations
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
Reference Guide
• Copying and Mail Box Instructions
Copying and Mail Box
Guide
• Sending and Fax Instructions
Sending and Facsimile
Guide
CD-ROM
• Setting Up the Network Connection and
Network Quick Start Guide
Remote UI Guide
Installing the CD-ROM Software
• Remote User Interface Instructions
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
• Network Connectivity and Setup Instructions
Network Guide
• Color Network ScanGear Installation and
Instructions
Color Network ScanGear
User's Guide
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
• PS/PCL/UFR II Printer and Direct Printing
Instructions
PS/PCL/UFR II Printer
Guide
(This Document)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
• PCL Printer Driver Installation and
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
PCL Driver Guide
PS Driver Guide
Instructions
• PS Printer Driver Installation and
Instructions
• UFR II Printer Driver Installation and
Instructions
UFR II Driver Guide
Mac PS Driver Guide
Mac UFR II Driver Guide
Fax Driver Guide
• Mac OS X PS Printer Driver Installation and
Instructions
• Mac OS X UFR II Printer Driver Installation
and Instructions
• Fax Driver Installation and Instructions
• Installing MEAP Applications and
Using the Login Service
MEAP SMS
Administrator Guide
CD-ROM
• To view the manual in PDF format, Adobe Reader/Acrobat Reader/Acrobat is required. If Adobe Reader/Acrobat Reader/Acrobat is not installed on
• Tyohuermsyasctheimne, pillluesatsreatdioonwonnlotahdeictofrvoemr mthaeyAddifofebresSligyhsttelymfrsoImncyoorupor rmataecdhiwneeb. site (http://www.adobe.com).
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
How This Manual Is Organized
Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine
Chapter 2 Handling Different Print Jobs
Chapter 3 Printer Settings Menu
Chapter 4 Report Settings Menu
Chapter 5 How to Use the Direct Print Function
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting
Chapter 7 Appendix
Includes the available font lists, configuration page samples, specifications, and
index.
Considerable effort has been made to ensure that this manual is free of inaccuracies and omissions. However, as we are constantly improving our
products, if you need an exact specification, please contact Canon.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Keys and Buttons Used in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Illustrations Used in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
Disclaimers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi
Printing Flow with This Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Printing with a Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Printing with the Direct Print Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Personality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Menu Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
What Are Menu Functions? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
Settings Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Menus for Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
Accessing the Printer Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Accessing the Report Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Checking and Changing Print Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
Canceling Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Canceling All Operations (Reset Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Paper Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Default Paper Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Toner Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Image Compression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Toner Volume Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Line Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Binding Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Auto Continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
vi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Job Securing Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27
Print After Completing RIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Punch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Booklet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Saddle Stitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Creep Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Transparency Interleaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Transparency Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Copy Set Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Copy Set Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Print Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Starting Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Number Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Personality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Mode Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Color Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43
Gradation Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Compressed Image Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Initialize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
UFR II Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
Output Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Gray Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
CMS(Matching) Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
CMS(Matching)/Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51
Paper Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51
Advanced Smoothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51
PCL Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
Paper Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
Font Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Point Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
Symbol Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
Custom Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
Enlarge A4 Print Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58
CMS(Matching) Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-63
CMS(Matching)/Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-63
Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64
Advanced Smoothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64
PS Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-65
Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-68
RGB Pure Black Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-71
CMYK Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-71
Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73
Combine Color Separations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-74
Composite Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76
Advanced Smoothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76
viii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Image Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-78
Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-79
Print Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-79
Show Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80
Enlarge Print Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80
Exif Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80
Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-81
RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82
CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83
Output Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83
Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-84
Gray Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-84
PDF1.5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85
Render Color Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85
RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85
CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-87
Output Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-88
Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-88
Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-89
Pure Black Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-90
Black Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-91
Composite Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92
Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92
Gray Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93
Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93
Enlarge Print Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94
N-up Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-95
Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-96
Comment Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97
Spot Color Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97
Advanced Smoothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97
Utility Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99
Initialize PCL Hard Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99
Initialize PS Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99
Reset Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100
Overview of Report Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
PCL Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
ix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Configuration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Printing Directly from the Remote UI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Printing Image Files Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a
Typeface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
Symbol Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Fonts and Scalable Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Bitmapped Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Scalable Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
OCR Sets Fonts (PCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
PS Fonts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Typeface Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Bitmapped Fonts (PCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
PS Fonts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Symbol Sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
DeskTop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29
ISO 8859-10 Latin 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-30
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-30
ISO French. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31
ISO German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31
ISO Italian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
ISO Norwegian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
ISO Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-33
ISO Swedish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-33
ISO United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Legal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Math-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
MC Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Microsoft Publishing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
PC-1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
PC-775 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
PC-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
PC-8 D/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-38
PC-850 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-38
xi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PC-Turkish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-39
PS Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40
PS Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41
Roman-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41
Ventura Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-43
Windows Baltic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-46
Wingdings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-46
OCR-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-47
OCR-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
Dingbats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
PC-8 Greek. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49
xii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Preface
Thank you for purchasing this Canon product. Please read this manual thoroughly before
operating the machine in order to familiarize yourself with its capabilities, and to make the
most of its many functions. After reading this manual, store it in a safe place for future
reference.
How to Use This Manual
Symbols Used in This Manual
The following symbols are used in this manual to explain procedures, restrictions,
handling precautions, and instructions that should be observed for safety.
.
Indicates operational requirements and restrictions. Be sure to read
these items carefully to operate the machine correctly, and avoid
damage to the machine.
IMPORTANT
NOTE
.
Indicates a clarification of an operation, or contains additional
explanations for a procedure. Reading these notes is highly
recommended.
Keys and Buttons Used in This Manual
The following symbols, key, and button names are a few examples of how keys and
buttons to be pressed or clicked are expressed in this manual:
• Touch Panel Display Keys:
[Key Name]
[Cancel]
Examples:
[Done]
• Control Panel Keys:
Key icon (Key Name)
Examples:
(Start)
(Stop)
xiii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
• Buttons on Computer Operation Screens: [Button Name]
Examples:
[OK]
[Start Print] menu
Displays Used in This Manual
Screen shots of the computer displays and the touch panel display used in this
manual may differ from the ones you actually see, depending on the options that
come with your machine. Note that functions that cannot be used depending on the
model or options, are not displayed on the touch panel display.
The keys or buttons which you should press or click are marked with a
shown below.
, as
When multiple keys or buttons can be pressed on the touch panel display, all keys
are marked. Select the keys or buttons which suit your needs.
Press [Printer Settings].
Press this key for operation.
Illustrations Used in This Manual
Illustrations of the machine used in this manual may not represent the exact
appearance and configuration of the actual machine.
Abbreviations Used in This Manual
In this manual, product names and model names are abbreviated as follows:
Microsoft Windows operating system is referred to as Windows.
PostScript 3 emulation is referred to as PS.
xiv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
License Notice
UFST: Copyright © 1989 - 2003 Monotype Imaging, Inc.
Trademarks
MEAP and the MEAP logo are trademarks of Canon Inc.
Apple, Macintosh, and Truetype are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.
and other countries.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows logo, Windows Vista and Windows Vista logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
Concerning typeface credit, the actual names on a FONT LIST for this machine
may differ from those listed below.
CG, Intellifont, and UFST are trademarks of Agfa Monotype Corporation or its
affiliated companies and may be registered in some jurisdictions.
Marigold and Oxford are trademarks of AlphaOmega Typography, Inc.
Apple, Apple Chancery, Chicago, Geneva, Hoefler Text, Monaco, and New York
are trademarks of Apple Inc.
ITC AvantGarde Gothic, ITC Bookman, ITC Lubalin Graph, ITC Mona Lisa, ITC
Symbol, ITC Zapf Chancery, and ITC Zapf Dingbats are registered trademarks of
International Typeface Corporation.
Clarendon, Helvetica, New Century Schoolbook, Optima, Palatino, Stempel
Garamond, and Times are trademarks of Linotype-Hell AG and its subsidiaries.
Univers is a trademark of Linotype-Hell AG and its subsidiaries and may be
registered in some jurisdictions.
Coronet is a registered trademark of Ludlow Type Foundry.
Wingdings is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Albertus, Arial, Book Antiqua, Bookman Oldstyle, Century Gothic, GillSans,
Joanna, and Times New Roman are trademarks of the Monotype Corporation plc.,
and may be registered in some jurisdictions.
CG Omega is a product of Agfa Corporation and CG Times, based on Times New
Roman under license from the Monotype Corporation plc, is a product of Agfa
Corporation.
Eurostile is a trademark of Nebiolo.
xv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Other product and company names herein may be the trademarks of their
respective owners.
Copyright
Copyright 2007 by Canon Inc. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or by any
information storage or retrieval system without the prior written permission of
Canon Inc.
Disclaimers
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.
CANON INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS
MATERIAL, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THEREOF, WARRANTIES AS TO
MARKETABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OF USE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. CANON INC. SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF
ANY NATURE, OR LOSSES OR EXPENSES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF
THIS MATERIAL.
xvi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before You Start Using This
Machine
1
CHAPTER
This chapter describes how to set up the printing environment from the touch panel display.
Printing with the Direct Print Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Operations and Terms Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Printing Flow with This Machine
1
Printing with a Printer Driver
Normally, the series of operations involved in printing data from a computer is
specified by control commands generated using a printer driver. Control commands
are a command system for controlling a printer. For example, when printing using a
printer driver, control commands print data according to the following flow.
c
a
User Software CD-ROM
b
Control commands
1
2
3
Print
Computer
Machine
a Using a printer driver, data to be printed is converted to control commands.
b Control command data is sent to the machine.
c Following the received control commands, the machine processes and prints
the data.
NOTE
There are some print settings that cannot be specified from the printer driver. These
configuration and how to set up the printer environment from the touch panel display, see
1-12.
Printing Flow with This Machine
1-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This machine supports the following three kinds of control commands:
■ UFR II Mode
UFR (Ultra Fast Rendering) is printing technology developed by Canon. High-speed
printing is made possible by sharing the processing of print data normally done by the
machine with the computer.
1
■ PCL Mode (PCL or PS Printer only)
PCL (Print Control Language), developed by Hewlett-Packard, is a command system for
controlling page printers. Command versions supported by this machine are PCL5c and
PCL6.
■ PostScript Emulation Mode (PS Printer only)
PS (PostScript), developed by Adobe, is a command system for controlling page printers.
This mode emulates the operation of a printer in conformance with PostScript. The
command version supported by this machine is PostScript 3 emulation.
IMPORTANT
•
To print in the above printer modes, a Printer Driver supported by this machine must be
installed.
•
Printing with the Direct Print Function
Printing with Direct Print can also be done with this machine. Direct Print is a print
function that enables you to send PS/EPS, TIFF/JPEG, and PDF format files
without using a printer driver from the computer to the machine, which recognizes
the file. Therefore, you can print without the need to open files.
You can specify PS/EPS, TIFF/JPEG, and PDF files to be printed from a Remote
UI. You can print a PDF file by specifying the location on your computer or URL
from the Remote UI.
You can also use the Direct Print function by entering a command (LPR command)
in the command prompt.
Printing Flow with This Machine
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-3
IMPORTANT
•
For information on how to operate Direct Print from a Remote UI, see Chapter 5, "How to
•
There are some print settings that cannot be specified from a Remote UI. These settings
and how to set up the printer environment from the touch panel display, see "Menus for
1
•
Settings" are available from the touch panel display. For settings with these menus, see
Printing Flow with This Machine
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-4
Operations and Terms Used in This Manual
1
Combinations and Names of Printer Kit Options
Combinations with options (system configurations) for using the machine as a
printer are available as described below.
In this manual, the combinations are each defined with the terms "UFR II Printer,"
"PCL Printer," and "PS Printer."
IMPORTANT
To enable these modes and functions, you must register the license key with the
machine. For information on registering the license key, see Chapter 6, "System
Manager Settings," in the Reference Guide.
■ UFR II Printer
UFR II printing is standard with all models (Color imageRUNNER C3480/C3380/C3080/
C2880/C2550/C3480i/C3380i/C3080i/C2880i).
■ PCL Printer
PCL printing is standard with the Color imageRUNNER C3480i/C3380i/C3080i/C2880i.
For Color imageRUNNER C3480/C3380/C3080/C2880/C2550, the optional Color PCL
Printer Kit must be installed.
Machine Model
Required Option Kit
Color PCL Printer Kit
(Color PCL Printer Kit is Standard.)
Color imageRUNNER C3480/
C3380/C3080/C2880/C2550
Color imageRUNNER C3480i/
C3380i/C3080i/C2880i
■ PS Printer
For PS printing, the optional Color PS Printer Kit must be installed.
For Color imageRUNNER C3480/C3380/C3080/C2880/C2550, the optional Color PCL
Printer Kit must be installed before installing the optional Color PS Printer Kit.
Machine Model
Required Option Kit
Color imageRUNNER C3480/
C3380/C3080/C2880/C2550
Color PCL Printer Kit + Color PS Printer Kit
Color imageRUNNER C3480i/
C3380i/C3080i/C2880i
Color PS Printer Kit
Operations and Terms Used in This Manual
1-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Differences in Operation with UFR II, PCL, and PS Printers
This describes differences in the settings that can be specified as a minimum from
the touch panel display in each printer type.
NOTE
1
An asterisk (*) indicates settings which are not specifiable with the printer driver or a
Remote UI can be specified from the touch panel display.
UFR II Printer
UFR II Printer
UFR II Printer Driver
(UFR II Mode)
Print
Remote UI/LPR printing
(Direct Print Mode)
Settings that can be specified from the touch panel display
• With UFR II printer driver: • With Remote UI/LPR printing:
*
- Settings Menu
- UFR II Settings
- Utility Menu
- Settings Menu
- Imaging Settings
- Utility Menu
PCL Printer
PCL Printer
PCL Printer Driver
(PCL Mode)
Print
UFR II Printer Driver
(UFR II Mode)
Remote UI/LPR printing
(Direct Print Mode)
Settings that can be specified from the touch panel display
• With PCL printer driver:
- Settings Menu
• With UFR II printer driver:
- Settings Menu
*
- PCL Settings
- UFR II Settings
- Utility Menu
- Utility Menu
Without printer driver intended
for use with the machine
(PCL Mode)
• With Remote UI/LPR printing:
- Settings Menu
- Imaging Settings
- Utility Menu
Operations and Terms Used in This Manual
1-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PS Printer
PS Printer
PS Printer Driver
(PostScript Emulation Mode)
Print
PCL Printer Driver
(PCL Mode)
1
UFR II Printer Driver
(UFR II Mode)
Remote UI/LPR printing
(Direct Print Mode)
Settings that can be specified from the touch panel display
• With PS printer driver:
- Settings Menu
- PS Settings
• With UFR II printer driver:
- Settings Menu
- UFR II Settings
*
- Utility Menu
- Utility Menu
Without printer driver intended
for use with the machine
• With PCL printer driver:
- Settings Menu
- PCL Settings
• With Remote UI/LPR printing:
- Settings Menu
- PDF1.5 Settings
(PCL or PostScript Emulation Mode)
- Utility Menu
- Imaging Settings
- Utility Menu
Operations and Terms Used in This Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-7
Personality
The machine can distinguish between computer-sent control commands and Direct
1
Print data and automatically switch personalities. However, in instances such as
where received control commands are exclusively defined or the machine does not
automatically switch to the appropriate personality, please set the Personality to
match received data. The machine enables you to switch the personality and set
specifications for printing using the menu functions on the touch panel display.
Personality
1-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Functions
This section describes the menu functions and how to access them with the touch
panel display.
1
What Are Menu Functions?
Specifying the Menu Settings
The machine lets you specify settings, such as the number of copies and the paper
size, to use when it receives a print job. These types of settings can be specified by
the application sending the print job, or by the printer driver.
You can specify many settings which affect the printer function of the machine.
These include some settings that cannot be specified remotely from an application
or from the printer driver. These settings are referred to as "Menu Functions."
The menu functions are grouped together according to the type of settings, which
makes them easy to set.
There are two ways you can specify the menu functions.
• Specifying the settings on the touch panel display:
Display the Printer Settings screen on the touch panel display and specify the
settings by pressing the keys on it.
• Specifying the settings on the Remote UI:
You can specify some settings from your computer using your web browser.
NOTE
•
This guide only explains how to specify the menu settings on the touch panel display. For
instructions on specifying the menu settings on the Remote UI, please refer to the
Remote UI Guide.
•
The contents of the Printer Settings are stored in the nonvolatile memory of the machine.
This means that the settings are stored even if the power to the machine is switched
OFF, and therefore the settings will still be available when the power is switched ON
again.
Menu Functions
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-9
Settings Priorities
When the same menu function setting can be specified by using the keys on the
machine or by specifying the setting in an application or the printer driver, the
setting from the application or printer driver has priority. These settings will override
the settings made on the machine.
For settings available only on the touch panel display or Remote UI, the most
recently specified settings take priority.
1
Setting priority
High
Low
Application
Printer driver
Touch panel display
Remote UI
The printer driver is included on the CD-ROM provided with the machine. For
instructions on installing the printer driver, see Chapter 2, "Installing Software," in
the Network Quick Start Guide.
Settings priorities for Direct Printing
For items available only on the menu functions, the most recently specified settings
take priority for items specified via the touch panel display or from the 'Additional
Functions' menu in the Remote UI.
Settings specified in 'Direct Print' menu of the Remote UI take priority over settings
specified from the touch panel display or from the 'Additional Functions' menu in the
Remote UI.
Furthermore, settings specified in the touch panel display take priority over settings
specified with tags in the IFD (Image File Directory), which are held in the header of
TIFF data of an image file.
Setting priority
High
Low
[Direct Print] menu
in the Remote UI
[Additional Functions] menu
in the Remote UI
Touch panel display
Tag for TIFF data
Some functions specified with tags held in the header of TIFF data may not take priority.
Menu Functions
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-10
Menus for Printer Settings
Printer Settings are configured with the menus below.
Printer Settings
1
Settings Menu (Common Menu)
For various printer environment
settings, such as Copies and
2-Sided Printing.
Utility Menu
For initializing the machine's hard
disk, and resetting the printer
functions.
UFR II Settings
For setting options available only
when UFR II mode is operating.
Imaging Settings
For setting options available only
when Imaging mode is operating.
PCL Settings*1
For setting options available only
when PCL mode is operating.
PDF1.5 Settings*2
For setting options available only
when PDF1.5 mode is operating.
PS Settings*2
For setting options available only
when PS mode is operating.
*1
*2
Only available for the PCL or PS Printer.
Only available for the PS Printer.
■ Printer Settings
Enables you to specify or change settings for printing from the machine.
The following menus are included within the Printer Settings menu.
• Settings Menu
Enables you to specify or change settings common to all printer functions.
• UFR II/PCL/PS Settings Menus
Enables you to specify or change settings for the operating mode when a UFR II/PCL/
PS control command is received.
• Imaging/PDF1.5 Settings Menus
Enables you to specify or change settings for the operating mode when Direct Print data
is received.
■ Utility Menu
PS Hard Disk." (PCL or PS Printer only)
Menu Functions
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-11
Accessing the Printer Settings Menu
The Printer Settings menu enables you to access common features. Below is an
abbreviated outline of the Printer Settings menu structure. For a detailed
description of all Printer Settings menu options, see Chapter 3, "Printer Settings
Menu."
1
As an example, the sequence of steps for setting the default number of copies is
shown on the following pages.
NOTE
Depending on the printer personality, some settings are not available. For details on the
availability of settings, see Chapter 3, "Printer Settings Menu."
Settings
Setting Value
Common Menu
Copies
Settings
1
2-Sided Printing
Paper Feed
9999
Default Paper Size
Default Paper Type
Letter
12 x 18
Paper Size Override
UFR II
PCL*1
PS*2
Imaging
PDF1.5*2
1
Utility
Initialize PCL Hard Disk*
2
Initialize PS Hard Disk
Reset Printer
*
"
" and " " indicate that settings or levels are omitted.
*1 Only available for the PCL or PS Printer.
*2 Only available for the PS Printer.
Accessing the Printer Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-12
1
2
Press
(Additional Functions).
Reset
ABC
DEF
MNO
WXYZ
GHI
Help
1
PQRS
TUV
Additional Functions
Stop
Start
Display Contr
Log In/Out
Clear
Press [Printer Settings].
3
Press [Settings].
Accessing the Printer Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-13
4
5
Press [Copies].
1
Press [-] or [+] to enter the number of copies.
You can also use
clear your entry.
-
(numeric keys) to enter the value, and
(Clear) to
You can change the value by pressing [-] or [+], even if you have entered the
value using (numeric keys).
-
If you enter a value outside the setting range, a message prompting you to enter
an appropriate value appears on the screen.
Accessing the Printer Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-14
6
Confirm the setting ➞ press [OK].
1
Accessing the Printer Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-15
Accessing the Report Settings Menu
The Report Settings menu enables you to access report print features, such as
checking the configuration. Below is an abbreviated outline of the Report Settings
menu structure. For a detailed description of Report Settings menu options, see
1
As an example, the sequence of steps for printing a Configuration Page is shown
on the following pages.
NOTE
The Report Settings menu is only available for the PCL or PS Printer.
Settings
Print List
Configuration
Page
Printer
PCL
Font List
Configuration
Page
PS
Font List
RGB Test Page
CMYK Test Page
RGB Color Chart
CMYK Color Chart
Accessing the Report Settings Menu
1-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
Press
(Additional Functions).
Reset
ABC
DEF
MNO
WXYZ
GHI
Help
1
PQRS
TUV
Additional Functions
Stop
Start
Display Contr
Log In/Out
Clear
Press [Report Settings].
3
Press [Printer] under <Print List>.
Accessing the Report Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-17
4
5
6
Press [PCL].
1
Press [Configuration Page].
Press [Yes] to print the page.
If you do not want to print the configuration page, press [No].
Accessing the Report Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-18
If the printer function is working correctly, the Configuration Page will be similar
to the sample below.
PCL Configuration Page
1
PS Configuration Page
Accessing the Report Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-19
1
Accessing the Report Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-20
2
Handling Different Print Jobs
CHAPTER
This chapter describes how to check and change print jobs from the touch panel display.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Temporarily Stopping Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Form Feeding Print Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
You can check or change the status of print jobs from the touch panel display.
For example, you can change the priority of jobs in the print queue, cancel jobs,
check the details of jobs, or print password protected Secured Print jobs or
Encrypted Secured Print jobs.
2
By displaying the job list, you can check the jobs currently being processed or
waiting to be processed. By displaying the Log, you can confirm that jobs have
been processed.
Jobs can be handled from the Print Basic Features screen or the System Monitor
screen in the touch panel display with this machine. This section describes the
procedure for checking the current machine status from each screen.
IMPORTANT
•
The My Job Status screen is displayed in the Print Basic Features screen if you are using
a login service. Only jobs for a logged-in user are displayed in the job list, and therefore
you can block other users from accessing the job names or documents to prevent the
flow of information from the machine. To enhance security of the print environment, it is
recommended that you normally handle jobs from the Print Basic Features screen.
•
•
For instructions on a login service, see the MEAP SMS Administrator Guide.
For information on changing the priority of print jobs, checking the details and the log of
jobs, or current status, see Chapter 5, "Checking Job and Device Status," in the
Reference Guide.
•
The items below relating to print jobs are not displayed if "Job Log Display" in System
Settings (from the Additional Functions screen) is set to [Off]. (The default setting is
[On].)
- [Log] in the Print Basic Features screen
- [Log] in the System Monitor screen
•
•
If "Allow Secured Print from Print Status Screen" in System Settings (from the Additional
Functions screen) is set to [Off], you cannot print a secured print job from the System
Monitor screen. (The default setting is [Off].)
You can restrict the display of the System Monitor screen under the following conditions
if "Display Status Before Authentication" in System Settings (from the Additional
Functions screen) is set to [Off]. (The default setting is [On].)
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-2
When "Display Status Before Authentication" is set to [Off]
✓: Displayed
: Not Displayed
✗
Login service
(Department ID
Management, SSO, SDL,
etc.)
System Monitor screen
Print, Copy, Send, Fax,
Device Status screen
and Receive screens
Before logging in
After logging in
✓
✓
✗
2
✓
*
Even if you set the Display Status Before Authentication mode to [Off], access to the System Monitor screen is
only restricted if a login service is set.
NOTE
Many of the check/change operations can also be performed from the Remote User
Interface. (See the Remote UI Guide.)
Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen
If you press [My Job Status] or [Status] in the Print Basic Features screen, you can
check print job status. If you press [Log], you can check the jobs that have already
been processed.
1
Press [➞] ➞ [Print Job].
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-3
NOTE
•
You can set the Print Basic Features screen to be the initial screen, when the main
power is turned ON or after an Auto Clear, with "Initial Function and Function Order
Settings" in Common Settings (from the Additional Functions screen). (See
Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
•
Depending on the system configuration, the Print Basic Features screen or the
function key is displayed in the front page of the touch panel display as the initial
screen.
2
2
Press [My Job Status], [Status], or [Log] to display the current
machine status.
● If you press [My Job Status]:
❑ The My Job Status screen is displayed if you are using a login service. Since
only jobs for a user logged in to this machine will be displayed in the job list,
you can block other users from accessing the job names or documents to
prevent the flow of information from the machine. For instructions on a login
service, see the MEAP SMS Administrator Guide.
❑ You can check only the logged-in user jobs currently being processed or
waiting to be processed.
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-4
● If you press [Status]:
❑ You can check all the jobs currently being processed or waiting to be
processed.
If you select [Secured
Print], only secured print
jobs (including encrypted
secured print jobs) are
displayed in the job list.
2
● If you press [Log]:
❑ You can check the jobs that have already been processed.
If you select [Printer], the
print job log is displayed
in the job list.
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-5
NOTE
•
Secured print jobs (including encrypted secured jobs) other than for a logged-in
user are displayed as asterisks (*) and cannot be handled unless you are using a
login service. However, if you are logged in as an Administrator, you can perform
any operation other than printing.
2
•
You can change or cancel multiple jobs selected from the list. If you select multiple
jobs, they are numbered in the order selected.
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-6
•
If you press [Select All], you can select all the jobs. If you press [Clear Selection],
any selected jobs are cleared.
2
•
•
For instructions on canceling jobs or printing secured print jobs, see "Checking and
For instructions on changing the priority of jobs in the print queue or checking the
details of a job, see Chapter 5, "Checking Job and Device Status," in the
Reference Guide.
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-7
Checking Jobs from the System Monitor Screen
If you press [Status] in the System Monitor screen, you can check print job status. If
you press [Log], you can check the jobs that have already been processed.
If you press [Device], you can quickly view machine information. The remaining
amount of paper, toner, and staples, the amount of system memory currently being
used, and error messages can be checked.
2
NOTE
The status bars (on the keys located on the bottom of the System Monitor screen) flash
in red or green to indicate the status of jobs. The status bars flash green when there are
current jobs that are being processed. Flashing red status bars indicate errors. For
instructions on resolving errors, see Chapter 8, "Troubleshooting," in the Reference
Guide.
1
Press [System Monitor].
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-8
2
Press [Print] or [Device] to display the current machine status.
● If you press [Print]:
❑ Press [Status] to check the jobs currently being processed or waiting to be
processed.
2
❑ Press [Log] to check the jobs that have already been processed.
If you select [Printer], the
print job log is displayed
in the job list.
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-9
● If you press [Device]:
❑ Check the current machine status.
2
3
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
NOTE
instructions on [Device], see Chapter 5, "Checking Job and Device Status," in the
Reference Guide.
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-10
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
This section describes the procedures for the job processes listed below.
2
IMPORTANT
•
You can restrict the display of the System Monitor screen under the following conditions
if "Display Status Before Authentication" in System Settings (from the Additional
Functions screen) is set to [Off]. (The default setting is [On].)
When "Display Status Before Authentication" is set to [Off]
✓: Displayed
: Not Displayed
✗
Login service
(Department ID
Management, SSO, SDL,
etc.)
System Monitor screen
Print, Copy, Send, Fax,
Device Status screen
and Receive screens
Before logging in
After logging in
✓
✓
✗
✓
*
Even if you set the Display Status Before Authentication mode to [Off], access to the System Monitor screen is
only restricted if a login service is set.
•
You can receive print jobs only for encrypted secured documents with this machine if
"Only Allow Encrypted Secured Jobs" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions
screen) is set to [On]. A job will be canceled and an error message displayed if a print job
other than an encrypted secured print job is received. (The default setting is [Off].)
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-11
NOTE
The table below describes the icons that are displayed on the status and log screens.
Icon (Job Status)
Description
Executing
Waiting
Error
2
Canceling
Paused
Secured Document
Encrypted Secured Document
Icon (Job Type)
Description
Copy Job
Mail Box Job
Print Job
Report Print Job
Received Print Job
Canceling Print Jobs
You can perform [Cancel] when you want to cancel a print job at the time data is
currently being received or executed. It does not affect the print data of a following
job or a job the machine has not yet started processing.
NOTE
If you are not logged in as an Administrator, you can only cancel your own jobs.
Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen
To cancel jobs from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps below.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
2-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
Press [➞] ➞ [Print Job].
NOTE
•
You can set the Print Basic Features screen to be the initial screen, when the main
power is turned ON or after an Auto Clear, with "Initial Function and Function Order
Settings" in Common Settings (from the Additional Functions screen). (See
Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
•
Depending on the system configuration, the Print Basic Features screen or the
function key is displayed in the front page of the touch panel display as the initial
screen.
2
Press either [My Job Status] or [Status].
3
Select the job to be canceled ➞ press [Cancel].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-13
NOTE
To cancel multiple jobs, select jobs displayed in the list in the order to be canceled
press [Cancel].
•
➞
2
•
To cancel all jobs, press [Select All]
➞
press [Cancel].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-14
4
Press [Yes].
2
If you do not want to cancel, press [No].
NOTE
•
You cannot cancel other users' jobs. However, if you are logged in as an
Administrator, you can cancel the other users' jobs.
•
<NG> is displayed in the print job log screen for canceled print jobs.
Handling Jobs from the System Monitor Screen
To cancel jobs from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps below.
1
2
Press [System Monitor] ➞ [Print].
Press [Status].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-15
3
Select the job to be canceled ➞ press [Cancel].
2
NOTE
You cannot select and cancel multiple jobs.
4
Press [Yes].
If you do not want to cancel, press [No].
NOTE
<NG> is displayed in the print job log screen for canceled print jobs.
5
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-16
Canceling All Operations (Reset Printer)
You can delete (reset) print data in memory and any jobs being processed.
IMPORTANT
•
If the machine is being used in a network, please note that resetting the printer function
may affect data being received from other users.
•
If you reset the printer function, data is deleted for print jobs that have already been
received, or received while the printer function is being reset. However, in some cases,
the data is not deleted from the machine's memory, and the print job may not print
correctly. Canon recommends that you reset the printer function to delete the data and
print the job again.
2
1
Display the desired screen with the following procedure.
Press
(Additional Functions) ➞ [Printer Settings] ➞ [Utility] ➞ [Reset Printer].
2
Press [Yes].
If you do not want to reset the printer, press [No].
3
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-17
Temporarily Stopping Print Jobs
You can temporarily stop jobs currently being processed or waiting to be
processed.
Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen
To stop jobs temporarily from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps
below.
2
1
2
Press [➞] ➞ [Print Job].
NOTE
•
You can set the Print Basic Features screen to be the initial screen, when the main
power is turned ON or after an Auto Clear, with "Initial Function and Function Order
Settings" in Common Settings (from the Additional Functions screen). (See
Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
•
Depending on the system configuration, the Print Basic Features screen or the
function key is displayed in the front page of the touch panel display as the initial
screen.
Press either [My Job Status] or [Status].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-18
3
4
Select the job to be stopped ➞ press [Details].
2
Press [Pause].
The print job will stop temporarily.
NOTE
While printing is paused, [Pause] changes to [Resume]. If you press [Resume], the
print job will continue.
5
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-19
Handling Jobs from the System Monitor Screen
To stop jobs temporarily from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps below.
1
2
Press [System Monitor] ➞ [Print].
Press [Status].
2
3
Select the job to be stopped ➞ press [Details].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-20
4
Press [Pause].
2
The print job will stop temporarily.
NOTE
While printing is paused, [Pause] changes to [Resume]. If you press [Resume], the
print job will continue.
5
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
Form Feeding Print Data
If a job is canceled from the computer or received data does not fill one full page,
the data remains in the machine's memory. In this case, the print job may not finish
properly; the data can no longer be received and a following job cannot be
processed. If this happens, force the data to be form fed.
IMPORTANT
You can use 'Form Feed' to print data remaining in memory. If you do not want to print
Handling a Job from the Print Basic Features Screen
To force a job to be form fed from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps
below.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-21
1
2
Press [➞] ➞ [Print Job].
NOTE
•
You can set the Print Basic Features screen to be the initial screen, when the main
power is turned ON or after an Auto Clear, with "Initial Function and Function Order
Settings" in Common Settings (from the Additional Functions screen). (See
Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
•
Depending on the system configuration, the Print Basic Features screen or the
function key is displayed in the front page of the touch panel display as the initial
screen.
2
Press either [My Job Status] or [Status].
3
Select the job to be form fed ➞ press [Details].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-22
4
5
Press [Form Feed].
2
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
Handling a Job from the System Monitor Screen
To force a job to be form fed from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps
below.
1
2
Press [System Monitor] ➞ [Print].
Press [Status].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-23
3
4
5
Select the job to be form fed ➞ press [Details].
2
Press [Form Feed].
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-24
Skipping an Error during Printing
If an error occurs during printing, you may be able to continue printing depending
on the error by pressing [Auto Continue]. However, an error is only temporarily
cleared. Data may also not be printed correctly. For information on types of errors
that can be temporarily cleared with Auto Continue, see "When a Message Is
Handling a Job from the Print Basic Features Screen
To bypass an error and continue printing from the Print Basic Features screen,
2
follow the steps below.
1
2
Press [➞] ➞ [Print Job].
NOTE
•
You can set the Print Basic Features screen to be the initial screen, when the main
power is turned ON or after an Auto Clear, with "Initial Function and Function Order
Settings" in Common Settings (from the Additional Functions screen). (See
Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
•
Depending on the system configuration, the Print Basic Features screen or the
function key is displayed in the front page of the touch panel display as the initial
screen.
Press either [My Job Status] or [Status].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-25
3
4
5
Select the job with an error to be skipped ➞ press [Details].
2
Press [Auto Continue].
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
Handling a Job from the System Monitor Screen
To bypass an error and continue printing from the System Monitor screen, follow
the steps below.
1
Press [System Monitor] ➞ [Print].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-26
2
3
4
Press [Status].
2
Select the job with an error to be skipped ➞ press [Details].
Press [Auto Continue].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-27
5
Press [Done].
The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.
Printing Secured Documents
You can print out documents (print data) that have been assigned a password and
sent to this machine from a computer. Documents with a password are called
"secured documents."
Secured documents sent to this machine are displayed with a locked icon ( ) in
the job list in the touch panel display, and are queued for printing.
To print these documents, you need to enter the correct password. This prevents
unauthorized people who do not know the password from printing or accessing the
documents.
2
IMPORTANT
•
Only a logged-in user can print secured documents (including encrypted secured
documents) if a login service is being used.
•
•
Setting for assigning a password at the computer is made with the printer driver.
secured documents in the machine are erased.
•
•
Secured documents are erased after they are printed.
You cannot change the print settings of secured documents (set through the printer
driver).
•
•
•
Secured documents will automatically be erased even if not printed. The Job Securing
Time setting enables you to specify how long a job will be stored before it is erased. (See
The number of secured documents that can be stored at one time (including encrypted
secured documents) is 50. If the number of jobs exceeds the maximum storable number,
those jobs will be ignored.
A large secured print job with many pages may be canceled by the machine. A canceled
secured print job does not appear on the Print Job status screen. The machine can store
up to 6,000 pages per secured print job; however, if the machine is being used for other
jobs or operations, such as the storing of documents in inboxes, the actual number of
pages per secured print job that the machine can process is fewer than 6,000.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-28
Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen
To print secured documents from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps
below.
1
2
Press [➞] ➞ [Print Job].
NOTE
•
You can set the Print Basic Features screen to be the initial screen, when the main
power is turned ON or after an Auto Clear, with "Initial Function and Function Order
Settings" in Common Settings (from the Additional Functions screen). (See
Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
2
•
Depending on the system configuration, the Print Basic Features screen or the
function key is displayed in the front page of the touch panel display as the initial
screen.
Press either [My Job Status] or [Status].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-29
3
Select the secured document that you want to print ➞ press
[Secured Print].
To display only secured documents (including encrypted secured documents) in
the [Status] list, select [Secured Print] at 'Select Type'. (See p. 2-5.)
2
0
9
4
Enter the password using
[OK].
-
(numeric keys) ➞ press
Printing starts.
To cancel printing the secured document, press [Cancel] on the Secured Print
screen.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-30
NOTE
•
You cannot simultaneously select secured documents and encrypted secured
documents from the job list to clear their passwords.
•
Enter the same password that you originally assigned to the document at the
computer. This will enable printing. If there is a current or reserved job, it will be
queued for printing.
•
If multiple or all secured documents have the same password, you can select them
and clear their passwords simultaneously.
2
Handling Jobs from the System Monitor Screen
To print secured documents from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps
below.
IMPORTANT
If "Allow Secured Print from Print Status Screen" in System Settings (from the Additional
Functions screen) is set to [Off], you cannot print a secured print job from the System
Monitor screen. (The default setting is [Off].)
1
2
Press [System Monitor] ➞ [Print].
Press [Status].
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-31
3
4
Select the secured document that you want to print ➞ press
[Secured Print].
2
0
9
Enter the password using
[OK].
-
(numeric keys) ➞ press
Printing starts.
To cancel printing the secured document, press [Cancel] on the Secured Print
screen.
NOTE
•
You cannot simultaneously select secured documents and encrypted secured
documents from the job list to clear their passwords.
•
Enter the same password that you originally assigned to the document at the
computer. This will enable printing. If there is a current or reserved job, it will be
queued for printing.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-32
5
Press [Done].
The display returns to the Basic Features screen.
Printing Encrypted Secured Documents
You can print out documents (print data) that have been encrypted and sent to this
machine from a computer.
2
Print data that are encrypted using this machine are called "encrypted secured
documents." Since the data is encrypted, security is enhanced at the queued stage.
Encrypted secured documents sent to this machine are displayed with a locked
icon ( ) in the job list in the touch panel display, and are queued for printing. To
print these documents, you need to enter the correct password. This prevents
unauthorized people who do not know the password or are not logged in from
printing or accessing the documents.
Document data is encrypted before being sent to this machine. This allows you to
print within a more highly secured environment compared to a secured document.
For detailed information on encrypted secured documents and instructions on
printing, please refer to the User's Guide included in the Encrypted Secure Print
Software.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-33
IMPORTANT
•
To use the Encrypted Secured Print function, the Encrypted Secure Print Software is
required.
•
If "Allow Secured Print from Print Status Screen" in System Settings (from the Additional
Functions screen) is set to [Off], you cannot print an encrypted secured print job from the
System Monitor screen. (The default setting is [Off].)
•
You can receive print jobs only for encrypted secured documents with this machine if
"Only Allow Encrypted Secured Jobs" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions
screen) is set to [On]. A job will be canceled and an error message displayed if a print job
other than an encrypted secured print job is received. (The default setting is [Off].)
2
•
•
Only a logged-in user can print encrypted secured documents (including secured
documents) if a login service is being used.
encrypted secured documents in the machine are erased.
•
•
Encrypted secured documents are erased after they are printed.
You cannot change the print settings of encrypted secured documents (set through the
printer driver).
•
•
•
Encrypted secured documents will automatically be erased even if not printed. The Job
Securing Time setting enables you to specify how long a job will be stored before it is
The number of encrypted secured documents that can be stored at one time (including
secured documents) is 50. If the number of jobs exceeds the maximum storable number,
those jobs will be ignored.
A large encrypted secured print job with many pages may be canceled by the machine. A
canceled encrypted secured print job does not appear on the Print Job status screen.
The machine can store up to 6,000 pages per encrypted secured print job (including
secured documents). However, if the machine is being used for other jobs or operations,
such as the storing of documents in inboxes, the actual number of pages per encrypted
secured print job that the machine can process is fewer than 6,000.
Checking and Changing Print Jobs
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-34
3
Printer Settings Menu
CHAPTER
This chapter describes how to use the Printer Settings menu and its submenus.
Settings Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Saddle Stitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Creep Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Transparency Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Copy Set Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Mode Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Color Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43
Compressed Image Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
3-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Printer Settings Menu
CMS(Matching) Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
CMS(Matching)/Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Paper Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
PCL Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
Paper Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Font Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Point Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Form Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Symbol Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Custom Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Unit of Measure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
X dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Y dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Append CR to LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Enlarge A4 Print Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Halftones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
RGB Source Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Matching Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
CMS(Matching) Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
CMS(Matching)/Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
3
PS Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-65
Job Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Wait Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Print PS Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
RGB Source Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
CMYK Simulation Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Matching Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
RGB Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Printer Settings Menu
CMYK Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-71
Pure Black Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-72
Black Overprint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73
Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73
Combine Color Separations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-74
Spot Color Matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-74
Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-75
Composite Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76
Advanced Smoothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76
3
Image Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-78
Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-79
Print Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-79
Show Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80
Enlarge Print Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80
Exif Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80
Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-81
RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82
CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83
Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83
Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-84
Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-84
Render Color Space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85
RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85
CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-87
Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-88
Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-88
Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-89
Pure Black Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-90
Black Overprint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-91
Composite Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92
Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92
Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93
Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93
Enlarge Print Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94
N-up Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-95
Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-96
3-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Printer Settings Menu
Comment Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Spot Color Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Utility Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99
Initialize PCL Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Initialize PS Hard Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Reset Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
3
3-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overview of Printer Settings
The following table lists all settings of the Printer Settings menu.
■ Settings Menu
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
3
1 to 9999; 1*
On, Off*
Copies
p. 3-15
p. 3-15
2-Sided Printing
Paper Feed
Letter*, Legal, A4, A3, A5, 11x17, Executive,
Statement, Envelope Monarch,
Envelope COM10, Envelope ISO-B5,
Envelope ISO-C5, Envelope DL,
Default Paper Size*1
Default Paper Type*1
p. 3-16
Envelope Y4,12_5/8x17_11/16, 12x18
Plain (Thin), Plain*, Plain (Heavy), Recycled,
Color, Pre-punched, Bond Paper, Heavy 1,
Heavy 2, Transparency, Tracing Paper,
Labels, Coated, Envelope
p. 3-16
p. 3-17
On, Off*
Paper Size Override
Print Quality
Density*2
•Cyan
•Magenta
•Yellow
•Black
-8 to +8; 0*
-8 to +8; 0*
-8 to +8; 0*
-8 to +8; 0*
p. 3-17
On, Off*
Toner Save
p. 3-18
p. 3-18
p. 3-18
p. 3-19
p. 3-20
p. 3-20
-2 to +2; 0*
Density Fine Adjustment
Resolution
1200 dpi, 600 dpi*
Image Priority, Standard*, Speed Priority
Normal*, Gradation, Text
Resolution*, Gradation
Image Compression
Toner Volume Adjustment
Line Control
Layout
Long Edge*, Short Edge
Binding Location
Margin
p. 3-21
p. 3-22
-1.90 to +1.90 inches; 0.00* inches
Overview of Printer Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-5
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
-2.00 to +2.00 inches; 0.00* inches
-2.00 to +2.00 inches; 0.00* inches
-2.00 to +2.00 inches; 0.00* inches
-2.00 to +2.00 inches; 0.00* inches
On, Off*
Offset Short Edge (Front)
Offset Long Edge (Front)
Offset Short Edge (Back)
Offset Long Edge (Back)
Auto Continue
p. 3-24
p. 3-24
p. 3-25
p. 3-25
p. 3-26
1 hour*, 2 hours, 3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours,
24 hours
Job Securing Time
Timeout
p. 3-26
p. 3-27
p. 3-28
3
Timeout (5 to 300 seconds), Off;
15* seconds
Print After Completing
RIP
On, Off*
Off*, Collate, Rotate+Collate, Rotate+Group,
Offset+Collate, Offset+Group,
Staple+Collate, Staple+Group
Copies to Offset (Offset+Collate):
1 to 9999; 1*
Staple Position (Staple+Collate):
Corner (Upper-L), Double (Top),
Corner (Upper-R), Double (Right),
Corner (Lower-R), Double (Bottom),
Corner (Lower-L), Double (Left)
Finishing
p. 3-29
Staple Position (Staple+Group):
Grp Upp L-Corner, Grp Double(Top),
Grp Upp R-Corner, Grp Double(R),
Grp Lwr R-Corner, Grp Double(Btm),
Grp Lwr L-Corner, Grp Double(L)
Off*, Top, Bottom, Left, Right
Punch
p. 3-34
p. 3-35
p. 3-36
On, Off*
On, Off*
Booklet
Saddle Stitch*3
Off*, Auto, Correction Width (0.000 to
0.392 inches)
Creep Correction*3
p. 3-37
Transparency
Interleaving
Off*, Blank, Printed
p. 3-38
p. 3-38
Transmissive*, Reflective
Transparency Printing
Copy Set Numbering*4
Overview of Printer Settings
3-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Applicable
Page
Item
Copy Set Numbering
Print Position
Starting Number
Number Size
Settings
On, Off*
p. 3-39
p. 3-40
p. 3-40
p. 3-40
p. 3-41
p. 3-41
p. 3-41
p. 3-41
5 Locations*, Top Left, Bottom Left,
Top Right, Bottom Right, Full Surface
1 to 9999; 1*
Small(12 point), Medium(24 point),
Large(36 point)*
1 to 5; 3*
Density
Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black*, Red, Green,
Blue
3
Color
-5/16 to +5/16 inches; 0* inches
Number Position Vertical
Number Position
Horizontal
-5/16 to +5/16 inches; 0* inches
Personality*1*5
Mode Priority*1*5
Color Mode
Gradation Settings
Gradation
Auto*, PS, PCL, Imaging, PDF1.5
None*, PS, PCL, PDF1.5
p. 3-42
p. 3-42
p. 3-43
Auto Detect*, Full Color, Black and White
Off*, Smooth 1, Smooth 2
On*, Off
Graphics*6
p. 3-44
Image*6
On*, Off
Compressed Image
Output
Output*, Display Error
—
p. 3-44
Initialize
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting.
*1 The menu information will not be delivered even if the Device Information Delivery Settings mode is used. For
instructions on Device Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information
Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.
*2 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].
*3 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Booklet' is set to [On].
*4 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Transparency Interleaving' is set to [Off].
*5 Settings are not available for the UFR II Printer.
*6 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Gradation' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].
Overview of Printer Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-7
■ UFR II Settings
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
Halftones
Text
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Graphics
p. 3-46
p. 3-47
Image
RGB Source Profile*1
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, Download Profile
Text
3
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, Download Profile
Graphics
Image
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, Download Profile
Output Profile*1
Normal*, Photo
Normal*, Photo
Normal, Photo*
Text
Graphics
p. 3-48
p. 3-48
Image
Matching Method
Perceptual, Saturation*, Colorimetric
Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
Text
Graphics
Image
Gray Compensation
On*, Off
Text
On*, Off
Graphics
p. 3-49
p. 3-50
On*, Off
Image
Printer*, Host
CMS(Matching) Selection
CMS(Matching)/Gamma
Gamma*, CMS
Gamma*, CMS
Gamma*, CMS
Text
Graphics
Image
p. 3-50
Gamma
Overview of Printer Settings
3-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
On*, Off
Text
Graphics
Image
p. 3-51
p. 3-51
Paper Save
Advanced Smoothing
Advanced Smoothing
Graphics*7
Off, Smooth 1*, Smooth 2
On, Off*
p. 3-51
3
Text*7
On*, Off
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting.
*1 The menu information will not be delivered even if the Device Information Delivery Settings mode is used. For
instructions on Device Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information
Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.
*7 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Advanced Smoothing' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].
■ PCL Settings (PCL or PS Printer only)
Applicable
Item
Paper Save
Settings
Page
On, Off*
p. 3-53
p. 3-53
p. 3-54
p. 3-54
p. 3-54
p. 3-54
Portrait*, Landscape
Orientation
Font Number*1
Point Size*1
Pitch*1
0 to 91; 0*
4.00 to 999.75 point; 12.00* point
0.44 to 99.99 cpi; 10.00* cpi
5 to 128 lines; 60* lines
Form Lines
DESKTOP, ISO4, ISO6, ISO11, ISO15,
ISO17, ISO21, ISO60, ISO69, ISOL1,
ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6, LEGAL, MATH8,
MCTEXT, MSPUBL, PC775, PC8*, PC850,
PC852, PC8DN, PC8TK, PC1004, PIFONT,
PSMATH, PSTEXT, ROMAN8, VNINTL,
VNMATH, VNUS, WIN30, WINBALT,
WINL1, WINL2, WINL5
Symbol Set
p. 3-55
On, Off*
Custom Paper
Unit of Measure*8
X dimension*8
Y dimension*8
Append CR to LF
p. 3-55
p. 3-55
p. 3-56
p. 3-56
p. 3-57
Millimeters, Inches*
5.51 to 24.80 inches; 18.00* inches
3.89 to 12.59 inches; 12.59* inches
Yes, No*
Overview of Printer Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-9
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
On, Off*
Enlarge A4 Print Width
Halftones
p. 3-58
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Text
Graphics
p. 3-59
Image
RGB Source Profile*1
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, Download Profile
Text
3
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, Download Profile
Graphics
Image
p. 3-60
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, Download Profile
Output Profile*1
Normal*, Photo
Normal*, Photo
Normal, Photo*
Text
Graphics
p. 3-61
p. 3-61
Image
Matching Method
Perceptual, Saturation*, Colorimetric
Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
Text
Graphics
Image
Gray Compensation
On*, Off
Text
On*, Off
Graphics
p. 3-62
p. 3-63
On*, Off
Image
Printer*, Host
CMS(Matching) Selection
CMS(Matching)/Gamma
Gamma*, CMS
Gamma*, CMS
Gamma*, CMS
Text
Graphics
Image
p. 3-63
Gamma
Overview of Printer Settings
3-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
Text
Graphics
Image
p. 3-64
Advanced Smoothing
Advanced Smoothing
Graphics*7
Off, Smooth 1*, Smooth 2
On, Off*
p. 3-64
Text*7
On*, Off
3
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting.
*1 The menu information will not be delivered even if the Device Information Delivery Settings mode is used. For
instructions on Device Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information
Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.
*7 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Advanced Smoothing' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].
*8 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Custom Paper' is set to [On].
■ PS Settings (PS Printer only)
Applicable
Item
Job Timeout
Settings
Page
p. 3-65
p. 3-65
p. 3-65
0 to 3600 seconds; 0* seconds
0 to 3600 seconds; 300* seconds
On, Off*
Wait Timeout
Print PS Errors
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, None, Download Profile
RGB Source Profile*1
p. 3-66
CMYK Simulation
Profile*1
JapanColor(Canon), US Web Ctd(Canon),
Euro Standard, None*, Download Profile
p. 3-67
p. 3-68
p. 3-69
Use Grayscale Profile*1
On, Off*
Normal, Photo, TR Normal*, TR Photo,
Download Profile
Output Profile*1
Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
On*, Off
Matching Method
p. 3-70
p. 3-71
RGB Pure Black Process
CMYK Pure Black
Process
On*, Off
p. 3-71
On*, Off
Pure Black Text
Black Overprint*9
Brightness*10
p. 3-72
p. 3-73
p. 3-73
On*, Off
85 to 115%; 100%*
Overview of Printer Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-11
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
Combine Color
Separations
On, Off*
On, Off*
p. 3-74
p. 3-74
Spot Color Matching
Halftones
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
On, Off*
Text
Graphics
p. 3-75
p. 3-76
Image
3
Composite Overprint
Advanced Smoothing
Advanced Smoothing
Graphics*7
Off, Smooth 1*, Smooth 2
On, Off*
p. 3-76
Text*7
On*, Off
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting.
*1 The menu information will not be delivered even if the Device Information Delivery Settings mode is used. For
instructions on Device Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information
Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.
*7 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Advanced Smoothing' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].
*9 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Pure Black Text' is set to [On].
*10 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].
■ Imaging Settings
Applicable
Item
Settings
Page
Auto*, Vertical, Horizontal
Off*, Auto
Image Orientation
Zoom
p. 3-78
p. 3-79
p. 3-79
p. 3-80
p. 3-80
p. 3-80
p. 3-81
Auto*, Center, Top Left
On*, Off
Print Position
Show Warnings
Enlarge Print Area
Exif Adjustment
Halftones
Off*, On
On*, Off
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, Download Profile
RGB Source Profile*1
p. 3-82
JapanColor(Canon)*, US Web Ctd(Canon),
Euro Standard, Download Profile
CMYK Simulation
Profile*1
p. 3-83
p. 3-83
Output Profile*1
Normal, Photo*
Overview of Printer Settings
3-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
On*, Off
Matching Method
p. 3-84
p. 3-84
Gray Compensation
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting.
*1 The menu information will not be delivered even if the Device Information Delivery Settings mode is used. For
instructions on Device Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information
Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.
■ PDF1.5 Settings (PS Printer only)
Applicable
Item
Settings
3
Page
Auto*, CMYK
Render Color Space
RGB Source Profile*1
p. 3-85
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8,
Gamma 2.4, None, Download Profile
p. 3-85
p. 3-87
CMYK Simulation
Profile*1
JapanColor(Canon), US Web Ctd(Canon),
Euro Standard, None*, Download Profile
Output Profile*1
Normal*, Photo, Download Profile
p. 3-88
p. 3-88
p. 3-89
p. 3-90
p. 3-91
p. 3-92
p. 3-92
p. 3-93
Use Grayscale Profile*1
Matching Method
Pure Black Text
On, Off*
Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
On*, Off
Black Overprint*9
Composite Overprint
Brightness*10
On*, Off
On, Off*
85 to 115%; 100%*
On*, Off
Gray Compensation
Enlarge/Reduce to Fit
Size
On, Off*
p. 3-93
p. 3-94
p. 3-95
On, Off*
Enlarge Print Area
N-up Print
Off*, 2 on 1, 4 on 1, 6 on 1, 8 on 1, 9 on 1,
16 on 1
Halftones
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion
Auto*, On, Off
Text
Graphics
p. 3-96
Image
Comment Print
Spot Color Matching
p. 3-97
p. 3-97
On, Off *
Overview of Printer Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-13
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
Advanced Smoothing
Advanced Smoothing
Graphics*7
Off, Smooth 1*, Smooth 2
On, Off*
p. 3-97
Text*7
On*, Off
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting.
*1 The menu information will not be delivered even if the Device Information Delivery Settings mode is used. For
instructions on Device Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information
Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.
*7 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Advanced Smoothing' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].
*9 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Pure Black Text' is set to [On].
*10 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].
3
■ Utility Menu
Applicable
Item
Settings
Page
Initialize PCL Hard Disk*5
Initialize PS Hard Disk*5
Reset Printer
—
—
—
*5 Settings are not available for the UFR II Printer.
Overview of Printer Settings
3-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Settings Menu
NOTE
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.
Copies
3
1 to 9999; 1*
This setting enables you to specify the number of copies printed. The default
setting is '1', but you can specify up to 9999 copies.
2-Sided Printing
On, Off*
This parameter enables you to select one-sided or two-sided printing. When
'2-Sided Printing' is specified, the document is printed on both sides of the paper.
NOTE
•
Two-sided printing can use either the paper drawer or the stack bypass with the
following sizes.
- 12" x 18", 11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMTR, EXEC, A3, JIS-B4, A4, A4R,
JIS-B5, JIS-B5R, and A5R
•
•
Two-sided printing can use paper within the following range:
- 17 lb to 28 lb bond (64 to 105 g/m2)
When printing on letterhead paper, or paper with a logo (such as a cover sheet),
please note the following:
- If the paper is fed from a paper drawer, the printing surface should be face down.
- If the paper is fed from the stack bypass or the optional paper deck, the printing
surface should be face up.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-15
Paper Feed
■ Default Paper Size
Letter*, Legal, A4, A3, A5, 11" x 17", Executive, Statement, Envelope Monarch,
Envelope COM10, Envelope ISO-B5, Envelope ISO-C5, Envelope DL,
Envelope Y4, 12_5/8" x 17_11/16", and 12" x18"
This parameter defines the default paper size used when the paper size cannot
be set within the application software, when no paper source is specified.
IMPORTANT
If you are printing from an OS that does not have a printer driver for the machine
(MS-DOS, UNIX, etc.), make sure that the paper loaded in the paper drawer
matches the paper size specified in this setting. If the paper size specified in this
setting is not available, an error message is displayed when the machine tries to
print the job and the machine stops. In addition, if a paper source has not been
selected through the application, the machine automatically selects the default
print settings for the paper size and type. Under most circumstances, it is
preferable to leave this setting as [ON]. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in
the Reference Guide.)
3
■ Default Paper Type
Plain (Thin), Plain*, Plain (Heavy), Recycled, Color, Pre-punched, Bond Paper,
Heavy 1, Heavy 2, Transparency, Tracing Paper, Labels, Coated, and Envelope
This parameter sets the default paper type to be used for print jobs. This machine
has internally defined optimal print modes for each specified paper type.
IMPORTANT
If you are printing from an OS that does not have a printer driver for the machine
(MS-DOS, UNIX, etc.), make sure that the paper loaded in the paper drawer
matches the paper type specified in this setting. If the paper type specified in this
setting is not available, an error message is displayed when the machine tries to
print the job, and the machine stops. In addition, if a paper source has not been
selected through the application, the machine automatically selects the default
print settings for the paper type and size. Under most circumstances, it is
preferable to leave this setting as [ON]. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in
the Reference Guide.)
NOTE
•
Use the following figures as a guideline to decide whether paper should be
specified as Plain Paper, Heavy Paper 1, or Heavy Paper 2.
- Plain Paper: 17 to 28 lb bond (64 to 105 g/m2)
- Heavy Paper 1: 28 lb bond to 60 lb cover (106 to 163 g/m2)
- Heavy Paper 2: 60 to 80 lb cover (164 to 220 g/m2)
Settings Menu
3-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
•
•
•
Canon transparency film is recommended for printing on transparencies.
Canon label paper is recommended for printing on labels.
Plain Paper (Thin), Plain Paper (Standard), Plain Paper (Heavy), Recycled Paper,
Color Paper, Pre-punched, and Bond Paper can be printed using two-sided
printing.
■ Paper Size Override
On, Off*
If paper of the size that is set in the printer driver has not been loaded in the paper
drawer, the paper that is printed is changed to the following sizes.
3
Printer Driver Setting
Paper
A4
Letter
A4
Letter
A3
11" x 17"
A3
11" x 17"
If [On] is selected, the paper size is changed.
If [Off] is selected, the paper supply message is displayed and the paper size is
not changed.
NOTE
The paper size does not change if there is no paper in the paper source of the size
that is set in the printer driver, even if 'Paper Size Override' is set to [On].
Print Quality
■ Density
Cyan: -8 to +8; 0*
Magenta: -8 to +8; 0*
Yellow: -8 to +8; 0*
Black: -8 to +8; 0*
This setting adjusts the print density of the respective colors.
Pressing [Dark] makes the print image darker, pressing [Light] makes the image
lighter. This setting has 17 levels you can adjust, with level '0' (middle level) being
the default setting.
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-17
■ Toner Save
On, Off*
This setting enables you to set the Toner Save function. Toner Save uses less
toner to print documents and may result in longer toner life.
NOTE
If [On] is selected for 'Toner Save', very light or finely detailed images may not be
printed clearly.
■ Density Fine Adjustment
3
-2 to +2; 0*
This setting enables you to increase the character and line density for clearer
printing of fine lines and small characters. Pressing [Dark] makes the characters
and lines darker, pressing [Light] makes them lighter. This setting has 5 levels you
can adjust, with level '0' (middle level) as the default setting.
NOTE
•
This function is only available for Color imageRUNNER C2550 if the optional
1200dpi Print Expansion Board is attached.
•
This setting is only available if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
■ Resolution
1200 dpi, 600 dpi*
This setting specifies the resolution for printing.
Resolution is expressed in units of dpi (dots per inch), indicating the number of
dots in one inch. The higher the value, the greater the resolution, allowing finer
expression of detail.
If [1200 dpi] is selected, characters and lines can be finely printed.
If [600 dpi] is selected, you can perform printing suited to general documents and
tables.
NOTE
•
This function is only available for Color imageRUNNER C2550 if the optional
1200dpi Print Expansion Board is attached.
•
•
•
This setting can only be applied to jobs in UFR II, PS, and PDF1.5 mode.
[1200 dpi] cannot be applied in Imaging mode.
When printing on large scale paper, set 'Resolution' to [600 dpi]. If [1200 dpi] is
selected, there will not be enough memory necessary to process printing and
printing will not be possible.
Settings Menu
3-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
■ Image Compression
Image Priority, Standard*, and Speed Priority
This setting sets the compression mode when printing image data.
Image data is compressed to be stored in the machine's memory when printing
with this machine. Image quality will differ depending on the ratio of compression.
The higher the compression ratio, the more image quality will deteriorate, as
shown in the diagram below.
Compression
ratio
Low
High
3
High
Low
Quality
[Image Priority]
[Standard]
[Speed Priority]
This setting allows you to select the compression mode as desired, such as for
printing high-quality image data. Under most circumstances, it is preferable to
leave this option set to [Standard].
If [Image Priority] is selected, data will be stored at a low compression ratio to
minimize deterioration of image quality.
If [Speed Priority] is selected, more data will be storable in the machine's memory,
allowing you to minimize any decrease in speed. However, the data will be stored
at a high compression ratio, and the image quality will be lower.
NOTE
•
For all selections within this setting, if the data is too large to be stored in the
machine's memory, it will be recompressed at a high compression ratio.
•
To avoid deterioration in image quality resulting from repeated recompression,
to cancel a job before an image with deterioration is printed out.
•
Depending on the image data, the image quality may not change even if the
compression mode is changed.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-19
■ Toner Volume Adjustment
Normal*, Gradation, and Text
This setting enables you to adjust the toner volume so that it falls within a
restricted value when the toner volume exceeds a device-internal value for text,
lines, or other types of print data. Under most circumstances, it is preferable to
leave this setting as [Normal].
If [Normal] is selected, text and line data are printed with a toner volume that
upholds the resolution for text and lines. Other types of data are printed with a
toner volume that upholds the color.
If [Gradation] is selected, all data is printed with a toner volume that upholds the
color.
3
If [Text] is selected, all data is printed with a toner volume that upholds the
resolution.
NOTE
•
•
•
•
The internal restriction value cannot be changed.
This setting can only be applied to jobs in the PS mode and PDF1.5 mode.
If [Gradation] is selected, characters and lines may bleed.
If [Text] is selected, the color may not match.
■ Line Control
Resolution*, Gradation
This setting enables you to specify the image processing for lines. Under most
circumstances, it is preferable to leave this setting as [Resolution].
If [Resolution] is selected, image processing is performed that upholds the same
resolution as text for lines.
If [Gradation] is selected, image processing is performed that upholds the same
color and gradation as graphics for lines.
NOTE
This setting can only be applied to jobs in the UFR II mode, PCL6 mode, PS mode,
and PDF1.5 mode.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-20
Layout
■ Binding Location
Long Edge*, Short Edge
This parameter determines whether the binding position is along the long edge or
the short edge of the paper. When binding for two-sided printing, the image
orientation is automatically adjusted for correct layout.
When the binding position is on the long edge of the paper:
Two-sided printing
in portrait orientation
Two-sided printing
in landscape orientation
3
Front
Back
Front
Binding Position
ABC
Back
DEF
ABC
DEF
Binding Position
When the binding position is on the short edge of the paper:
Two-sided printing
Two-sided printing
in portrait orientation
in landscape orientation
Front
Back
Front
Back
DEF
Binding Position
ABC
DEF
ABC
Binding Position
NOTE
•
You cannot create a binding margin with this setting alone. Use this setting in
combination with the Margin setting to create a binding margin.
•
For two-sided printing, the orientation of the image on the back side of the page
may be changed by this setting.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-21
■ Margin
-1.90 to +1.90 inches (in increments of 0.01 inches); 0.00* inches
This setting enables you to set the page margin. The settings can be set in
increments of 0.01" (0.5 mm) from -1.90" (-50.0 mm) through +1.90" (+50.0 mm).
Use [
Use [
] to increase the width of the inside margin.
] to increase the width of the outside margin.
[0 inches]
Center
[ - ]
[ + ]
Center
Center
3
You can specify the edge along which the margin will be created in the 'Binding
Location' setting (previous setting). To create a margin along one of the edges of
the paper, use this setting in combination with the 'Binding Location' setting.
IMPORTANT
If this setting moves the image outside the printable area, part of the image may be
cut off.
NOTE
•
If this setting is used in combination with 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge', the
values of the two settings are added together.
•
Pressing [
pressed. Pressing [
down either [ ] or [
] increases the setting value by 0.01" (0.5 mm) each time the key is
] decreases the value by 0.01" (0.5 mm) each time. Holding
] continuously speeds up the value alteration.
Settings Menu
3-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Binding Location and Margin Settings
Refer to the figures below to set binding location and margins.
Landscape printing
with margin
Portrait printing
with margin
Front
Back
Front
Back
(Two-sided printing)
(Two-sided printing)
Binding Location: Long edge
Margin : [+]
ABC
DEF
Binding Location: Long edge
Margin : [-]
3
ABC
DEF
DEF
Binding Location: Short edge
Margin : [+]
ABC
ABC
Binding Location: Short edge
Margin : [-]
DEF
Set the paper orientation in the application you are using.
Settings Menu
3-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
■ Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Front)
-2.00 to +2.00 inches (in increments of 0.01 inches); 0.00* inches
This setting enables you to set the offset position. The settings can be set in
increments of 0.01" (0.5 mm) from -2.00" (-50.0 mm) through +2.00" (+50.0 mm).
The print position on the front page is adjusted in the vertical or horizontal
direction to the value specified in the setting value.
To adjust the print position on the back page, set 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long
Edge (Back)' (the next setting).
You can increase or decrease the setting in increments of 0.01" (0.5 mm) to
adjust the print position, as described below.
3
Offset Short Edge (Front): Increasing the setting value moves the image in the
rightward X direction on the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the image
in the leftward X direction on the paper.
Offset Long Edge (Front): Increasing the setting value moves the image in the
downward Y direction on the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the
image in the upward Y direction on the paper.
Area adjusted using
X-Adjustment
[+]
X
Part of the
Y
original margin
ABC
ABC
Adjust using
X/Y-Adjustment
Front
Front
IMPORTANT
Please note that if the print position is adjusted to place print data outside the
printable area, the portion outside the printable area is not printed.
NOTE
•
If this setting is used in combination with 'Margin', the values of the two settings are
added together.
•
Pressing [
pressed. Pressing [
down either [ ] or [
] increases the setting value by 0.01" (0.5 mm) each time the key is
] decreases the value by 0.01" (0.5 mm) each time. Holding
] continuously speeds up the value alteration.
Settings Menu
3-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
■ Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Back)
-2.00 to +2.00 inches (in increments of 0.01 inches); 0.00* inches
This setting enables you to set the offset position. The settings can be set in
increments of 0.01" (0.5 mm) from -2.00" (-50.0 mm) through +2.00" (+50.0 mm).
The print position on the back page is adjusted in the vertical or horizontal
direction to the value specified in the setting value.
To adjust the print position on the front page, set 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long
Edge (Front)' (the previous setting).
You can increase or decrease the setting in increments of 0.01" (0.5 mm) to
adjust the print position, as described below.
3
Offset Short Edge (Back): Increasing the setting value moves the image in the
rightward X direction on the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the image
in the leftward X direction on the paper.
Offset Long Edge (Back): Increasing the setting value moves the image in the
downward Y direction on the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the
image in the upward Y direction on the paper.
Area adjusted using
X-Adjustment
[+]
X
Part of the
Y
original margin
DEF
DEF
Adjust using
X/Y-Adjustment
Back
Back
IMPORTANT
Please note that if the print position is adjusted to place print data outside the
printable area, the portion outside the printable area is not printed.
NOTE
•
If this setting is used in combination with 'Margin', the values of the two settings are
added together.
•
Pressing [
pressed. Pressing [
down either [ ] or [
] increases the setting value by 0.01" (0.5 mm) each time the key is
] decreases the value by 0.01" (0.5 mm) each time. Holding
] continuously speeds up the value alteration.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-25
Auto Continue
On, Off*
This setting enables you to automatically clear an error and continue printing
when an error occurs (Error skip).
If [On] is selected, error skips are performed automatically.
If [Off] is selected, you must perform error skips from the touch panel display.
NOTE
•
For instructions on performing an error skip from the touch panel display, see
3
•
•
Error skip only temporarily clears an error, so the data may not print correctly.
For information on types of errors that can be temporarily cleared with Auto
•
This setting is valid even if multiple errors have occurred.
Job Securing Time
1 hour*, 2 hours, 3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, and 24 hours
When a secured print job is sent to the machine, it is stored on the machine's hard
disk, and a password must be entered before the job can be printed. This setting
specifies how long the job will be stored before it is automatically canceled.
NOTE
•
•
Even if the time period specified with this setting has not elapsed, the print job data
is deleted if the main power to the machine is switched OFF or if you reset the
The password is set from the printer driver.
Settings Menu
3-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Timeout
Timeout (5 to 300 seconds), Off; 15* seconds
When the 'Personality' is set to [Auto], the machine detects the control commands
and starts printing in the appropriate mode. After all the data has been received
and the end of the data is detected, the print mode stops. This processing of print
data is called a job.
If the data for a job does not end, the machine does not start the next job even if it
receives other print commands. In cases like this, use the 'Timeout' setting to
force jobs to finish if no data is received during the set period of time.
If Timeout is enabled, jobs can finish automatically. For example, if print data still
remains in the machine because a form feed command cannot be processed, the
paper can be fed automatically.
3
If Timeout is [Off], jobs will not end automatically.
IMPORTANT
•
If this function is set so that a job will timeout, the machine may end a print job
before all the data has been received if it takes a long time for the PC to send the
data. If this occurs, adjust the length of the 'Timeout' setting.
•
•
If [Off] is selected, you will not be able to make copies until print jobs that use the
Staple and Punch settings have been completed.
If you send data from a printer driver that is not compatible with the machine, and
the end of job command is not received within the time set in this setting, the
machine cancels the job, which may cause the data to be printed incorrectly.
NOTE
When a job is being processed, the Processing/Data indicator on the control panel
blinks green.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-27
Print After Completing RIP
On, Off*
This setting sets whether to use the Print After Completing RIP function.
RIP (Raster Image Processor) is used for advanced graphical representation.
If Print After Completing RIP is enabled, the first page is printed after all the pages
in the job have been processed.
Although it may take longer to print the first page, the remaining pages in the job
will be printed more quickly. This is useful when several people are using the
machine or when using another function, such as the Copy function, because the
printing time for a print job is reduced.
3
IMPORTANT
Please note that the memory of the machine can store up to 6,000 pages. When
you send a secured document to be stored in the memory to be printed at a later
time, and the memory is full (already reached its maximum capacity), your
document will not be stored. The memory may be full because the machine is
being used for other functions (such as storing a document in an inbox or storing a
form) or other jobs, which use memory space.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-28
Finishing
Off*, Collate, Rotate+Collate, Rotate+Group, Offset+Collate, Offset+Group,
Staple+Collate, and Staple+Group
Copies to Offset (Offset+Collate):
1 to 9999; 1*
Staple Position (Staple+Collate):
Corner (Upper-L), Double (Top), Corner (Upper-R), Double (Right),
Corner (Lower-R), Double (Bottom), Corner (Lower-L), and Double (Left)
3
Staple Position (Staple+Group):
Grp Upp L-Corner, Grp Double(Top), Grp Upp R-Corner, Grp Double(R),
Grp Lwr R-Corner, Grp Double(Btm), Grp Lwr L-Corner, and Grp Double(L)
Some of the above options require specific optional equipment and may not be
available unless appropriate optional equipment is installed.
The optional Finisher-Y1 and Saddle Finisher-Y2 are not available for the Color
imageRUNNER C2550.
✓: Available
✗: Unavailable
Finisher-Z1,
Inner 2Way
Finisher-Y1,
Saddle
Finisher-Y2
No Options
Tray-D1,
Copy Tray-J1
Collate
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✗
Rotate+Collate
Rotate+Group
Offset+Collate
Offset+Group
Staple+Collate
Staple+Group
✗
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
You can choose from several features when collating printed matter.
Off
This setting prints all copies of the same page before printing the next page.
Collate
This setting prints all pages of each copy before printing the next copy.
Settings Menu
3-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rotate+Collate
This setting prints all pages of each copy (collating), and rotates every other
complete copy 90 degrees to indicate where each copy starts.
Rotate+Group
This setting prints all copies of the same page before printing the next page. It
rotates every other complete set of pages to indicate where each new set starts.
Offset+Collate
This setting prints all pages of each copy (collating). It offsets every other
complete copy by the number specified with this setting to indicate where each
copy starts.
3
Offset+Group
This setting prints all copies of the same page before printing the next page. It
offsets every other complete set of pages to indicate where each new set starts.
Staple+Collate
This setting prints all pages of each copy (collating) and prepares them for
stapling according to the option selected for [Staple+Collate].
Staple+Group
This setting prints all copies of the same page before printing the next page, and
prepares them for stapling according to the option selected for [Staple+Group].
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-30
Examples of each Finisher option when printing three copies of a three page
document:
Off
Collate
Rotate+Group
Offset+Group
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Rotate+Collate
Offset+Collate
3
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
2
2
Staple+Collate
Staple+Group
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
2
3
IMPORTANT
Please note that the memory of the machine can store up to 6,000 pages. When
you send a secured document to be stored in the memory to be printed at a later
time, and the memory is full (already reached its maximum capacity), your
document will not be stored. The memory may be full because the machine is
being used for other functions (such as storing a document in an inbox or storing a
form) or other jobs, which use memory space.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-31
NOTE
•
[Rotate+Collate] and [Rotate+Group] are available if the paper size is LTR, LTRR,
A4, A4R, JIS-B5, or JIS-B5R.
•
If [Rotate+Collate] or [Rotate+Group] is selected, part of the print image may be cut
off when the image is rotated. You need to load the same size paper as the original
in the paper drawers in both landscape and portrait positions. If you do not, all the
sheets will be printed in the orientation that the loaded paper is in.
•
•
[Offset+Collate] and [Offset+Group] are available if the following paper sizes are
selected.
- Finisher-Z1: 11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5
- Finisher-Y1 or Saddle Finisher-Y2: 11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT, EXEC,
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, A5
3
When you select [Staple+Collate] or [Staple+Group], you can select the stapling
position.
Corner
(Upper-Left)
Double
(Top)
Corner
(Upper-Right)
Double
(Right)
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
Corner
(Lower-Right)
Double
(Bottom)
Corner
(Lower-Left)
Double
(Left)
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
•
When you are stapling paper in landscape orientation, the image orientation and
the staple position may not match.
Settings Menu
3-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
•
[Staple+Collate] and [Staple+Group] are available for selection if the paper size is
11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, EXEC, A3, JIS-B4, A4, A4R, or JIS-B5. Available
staple locations depend on paper size and image orientation, as shown.
· Finisher-Z1
✓ : Available
✗ : Unavailable
Staple
Corner Double Corner Double Corner Double Corner Double
Position
(Upper-
Left)
(Top)
(Upper- (Right) (Lower- (Bottom) (Lower- (Left)
Right)
Right)
Left)
Paper Size
11" × 17"
LGL
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✗
3
LTR
LTRR
EXEC
A3
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✗
✓*
✓
✓*
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
JIS-B4
✓
✓
A4
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✗
A4R
✓*
✓
✓*
✓
JIS-B5
✓
✓
✓
✓
* Will be stapled parallel to the edge of the paper.
· Finisher-Y1/Saddle Finisher-Y2
✓ : Available
✗ : Unavailable
Staple
Corner Double Corner Double Corner Double Corner Double
Position
(Upper-
Left)
(Top)
(Upper- (Right) (Lower- (Bottom) (Lower- (Left)
Right)
Right)
Left)
Paper Size
11" × 17"
LGL
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
LTR
LTRR
EXEC
A3
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓*
✓
✓*
✓
✓
✓
JIS-B4
✓
✓
A4
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
A4R
✓*
✓
✓*
✓
JIS-B5
* Will be stapled parallel to the edge of the paper.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-33
•
The table below represents the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled.
Finisher-Z1, Finisher-Y1/Saddle Finisher-Y2
Capacity
(Sheets)
Paper Size
Paper Type
17 to 21 lb bond (64 to 80 g/m2)
50
30
2
LTR, EXEC,
A4, B5
21 to 28 lb bond (81 to 105 g/m2)
28 lb bond to 60 lb cover (106 to 163 g/m2)
17 to 21 lb bond (64 to 80 g/m2)
30
20
2
LGL, LTRR,
11" x 17", A3,
B4, A4R
21 to 28 lb bond (81 to 105 g/m2)
28 lb bond to 60 lb cover (106 to 163 g/m2)
3
•
•
If the number of sheets exceeds these limits, they will not be stapled.
Make sure to select compatible settings when using Staple and Punch
simultaneously. If conflicting settings are selected, such as the staple setting for
the right side of the paper and the punch setting for the left, the machine will use
neither Staple nor Punch.
Punch
Off*, Top, Bottom, Left, and Right
This setting enables you to specify the desired paper position for holes to be
punched for binding.
NOTE
•
This function is only available for selection if the optional Puncher Unit-M1 is
attached to the optional Finisher-Y1 or Saddle Finisher-Y2. The optional Puncher
Unit-M1, Finisher-Y1, and Saddle Finisher-Y2 are not available for the Color
imageRUNNER C2550.
•
The table below represents the paper sizes that can be punched with the puncher
unit.
Puncher Type
Holes
Paper Size
2
3
LGL, LTRR
11" x 17", LTR, A3, A4
Puncher Unit-M1
•
•
Make sure to select compatible settings when using Staple and Punch
simultaneously. If conflicting settings are selected, such as the staple setting for
the right side of the paper and the punch setting for the left, the machine will use
neither Staple nor Punch.
Holes cannot be punched in Transparency, Pre-punched, Tracing paper, Labels,
and Envelope.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-34
Booklet
On, Off*
This setting enables you to prepare the printout for binding as a booklet. Booklet
printing is a process whereby two pages of data are printed on the front and back
of one page and it is folded in half to create a book.
If [On] is selected, the pages are bound on the left side.
On
3
2
7
8
1
4
5
6
3
IMPORTANT
•
Please note that the memory of the machine can store up to 6,000 pages. When
you send a secured document to be stored in the memory to be printed at a later
time, and the memory is full (already reached its maximum capacity), your
document will not be stored. The memory may be full because the machine is
being used for other functions (such as storing a document in an inbox or storing a
form) or other jobs, which use memory space.
•
If the 'Finishing' settings are specified as [Rotate+Group], [Offset+Group], and
[Staple+Group], then [Rotate+Collate], [Offset+Collate], and [Staple+Collate] are
specified.
NOTE
•
This function is available for selection if the image paper size is Letter, Statement,
A4, A5, or JIS-B5. The data for these page sizes is printed on the following paper.
(See the Help function on the printer driver.)
Page Size
Letter
Paper
11" x 17"
Letter-R
A3
Statement
A4
A5
A4R
JIS-B5
JIS-B4
•
•
If the pages are not all the same size, this function will not work.
The 'Margin' or 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge' settings is invalid if this
function is set to [On].
Settings Menu
3-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Saddle Stitch
On, Off*
This setting enables you to bind a finished print job by stapling and folding the
pages of a booklet in the center.
On
3
1
8
3
6
IMPORTANT
Please note that the memory of the machine can store up to 6,000 pages. When
you send a secured document to be stored in the memory to be printed at a later
time, and the memory is full (already reached its maximum capacity), your
document will not be stored. The memory may be full because the machine is
being used for other functions (such as storing a document in an inbox or storing a
form) or other jobs, which use memory space.
NOTE
•
This function can only be selected if the optional Saddle Finisher-Y2 is attached.
The optional Saddle Finisher-Y2 is not available for the Color imageRUNNER
C2550.
•
•
This function is only available if 'Booklet' is set to [On].
If the print job contains only one sheet of paper, the paper will be folded but not
stapled.
•
•
The maximum number of sheets that can be saddle stitched is 15. If the number of
sheets is greater than this, they will not be saddle stitched.
The number of copies of a saddle stitched booklet that can be made at one time is
limited as shown below:
Number of sheets in
each booklet
Max. number of copies
that can be printed
1-15
25
Settings Menu
3-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Creep Correction
Off*, Auto, and Correction Width (0.000 to 0.392 inches (in increments of
0.001 inches); 0.000* inches)
This setting enables you to adjust the print position of each page when printing a
booklet using saddle stitch.
When sheets of paper are folded in half to make a booklet, the edges of the paper
protrude more the closer the pages are to the center of the booklet. Margin width
at the edges is narrowed, and part of the printing may also be cut off (depending
on the number of pages and paper thickness when the edges are trimmed to
make them even). Using creep correction to adjust the margin of the gutter can
correct such uneven printing (creep).
3
Gutter margin
Printing area
Trimming
Edge margin
Print position is more
off-center the closer
the pages get to the
middle
After trimming, the page
margin widths are all uneven
When [Off] is selected
Trimming
After trimming, the page
margin widths are all even
Adjusted so that the gutter margin width is wider the
more outer the page, and narrower the more inner the page
When the gutter margins are adjusted with this setting
If [Auto] is selected, the gutter margins are automatically adjusted based on the
number of pages and paper thickness.
If [Correction Width] is selected, the gutter widths are adjusted based on a value
you enter which specifies the difference in how far the edge of the most inner
page and the edge of the most outer page come when sheets of paper are folded
in half to make the booklet.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-37
NOTE
•
•
This function is only available if 'Booklet' is set to [On].
Pressing [
] increase the setting value by 0.001" (0.05 mm) each time the key is
pressed. Pressing [
] decreases the setting value by 0.001" (0.05 mm) each
time. Holding down either [
alteration.
] or [
] continuously speeds up the value
•
If this setting is used in combination with the 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge'
or 'Margin', the values of these three settings are added together.
Transparency Interleaving
Off*, Blank, and Printed
3
If you are printing on transparencies, you can use this setting to output a sheet of
paper after each transparency. The paper can be blank, or it can be a paper copy
of the transparency.
If [Off] is selected, no sheets are interleaved with the transparencies.
If [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet of paper is inserted between each
transparency.
If [Printed] is selected, a printed paper from the print job is inserted between each
transparency.
When [Blank] or [Printed] is selected, you can set Transparency Interleaving to
print multiple copies in the number specified in [Copies] settings.
IMPORTANT
[Collate] is the only 'Finishing' setting that you can specify to use in combination
with 'Transparency Interleaving'.
NOTE
If [Printed] is selected, the paper printouts are included in the Prints count.
However, if [Blank] is selected, they are not included in the Prints count.
Transparency Printing
Transmissive*, Reflective
Transparencies are printed according to the method suited to the type of the
selected OHP (Over Head Projector) device.
NOTE
•
This setting does not affect the printing of sheets of paper for insertion between
transparencies.
•
When printing on OHP film, the setting for 'Toner Save' is invalid. However, it does
not affect the printout of sheets of paper for insertion between transparencies.
Settings Menu
3-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Copy Set Numbering
■ Copy Set Numbering
On, Off*
This setting enables you to print documents with a five digit serial number in the
background on each copy.
Copy numbers are printed in the following methods:
00001
00001
3
00001
00001
00001
Copy Number
00001
When printing three copies of a five page document:
Second Copy
Third Copy
First Copy
00001
00001
00001
1
01
01
01
00002
00002
00002
02
02
02
02
00003
00003
00003
03
03
03
3
00001
00002
00003
00001
00001
00001
00001
00001
00002
00002
00002
00002
00002
00003
00003
00003
00003
00003
00001
00002
00003
00001
00001
00001
00002
00002
00002
00003
00003
00003
IMPORTANT
•
If this setting is used in combination with [Forced Secure Watermark Mode (print)]
in System Settings (from the Additional Functions screen), this setting is invalid.
For details on the Forced Secure Watermark Mode function, see Chapter 6,
"System Manager Settings," in the Reference Guide.
•
If the 'Finishing' settings are specified as [Rotate+Group], [Offset+Group], and
[Staple+Group], then [Rotate+Collate], [Offset+Collate], and [Staple+Collate] are
specified.
NOTE
•
If the copy number has fewer than five digits, the machine prints it as follows:
- Example: If the copy number is 10
10
➞
00010
•
•
Copy numbers are not printed on blank pages (pages with no data).
If this setting is used in combination with 'Margin' or 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long
Edge', part of the copy number may be cut off.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-39
•
•
This function is only available if 'Transparency Interleaving' is set to [Off].
If the number of printed copies exceeds '99999', it returns to '00001'.
■ Print Position
5 Locations*, Top Left, Bottom Left, Top Right, Bottom Right, and Full Surface
This setting enables you to specify the position of the copy numbers to be printed.
You can select to print numbers in all five positions, in each corner, or over the
entire page.
5 Locations
Top Left
Bottom Left
Top Right
Bottom Right Full Surface
00001
00001
00001
00001
3
00001
00001
00001
00001
00001
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Copy Set Numbering' is set to [On].
■ Starting Number
1 to 9999; 1*
This setting enables you to specify the copy number to start numbering. The
default is '1' (printed as 00001), but you can specify up to '9999' (printed as
09999).
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Copy Set Numbering' is set to [On].
■ Number Size
Small(12 point), Medium(24 point), and Large(36 point)*
This setting enables you to select the size of copy number from 'Small', 'Medium',
and 'Large' ('12.0 pt.', '24.0 pt.', and '36.0 pt.').
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Copy Set Numbering' is set to [On].
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-40
■ Density
1 to 5; 3*
This setting enables you to adjust the number density and has 5 levels you can
adjust, with level '3' (middle level) being the default setting. Selecting '1' makes
the number lighter, and selecting '5' makes it darker.
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Copy Set Numbering' is set to [On].
■ Color
3
Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black*, Red, Green, and Blue
This setting enables you to specify the color of the copy number.
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Copy Set Numbering' is set to [On].
■ Number Position Vertical/Number Position Horizontal
-5/16 to +5/16 inches (in increments of 1/16 inches); 0* inches
The position of the copy numbers specified with 'Print Position' can be finely
adjusted by offsetting them in the horizontal or vertical directions. The adjustment
can be made in increments of 1/16" (1 mm) from -5/16" (-8 mm) through +5/16"
(+8 mm).
You can increase or decrease the setting value to adjust the print position of the
copy numbers, as described below.
Number Position Vertical: Increasing the setting value moves the print position
in the downward direction of the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the
print position in the upward direction of the paper.
Number Position Horizontal: Increasing the setting value moves the print
position to the right. Decreasing the setting value moves the print position to the
left.
Horizontal "+" direction
00001
00001
Original print position of copy numbers
00001
00001
Settings Menu
3-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IMPORTANT
Please note that if the print position is adjusted to place the digits of the copy
numbers outside the printable area, the portion outside the printable area is not
printed.
NOTE
•
•
This function is only available if 'Copy Set Numbering' is set to [On].
This setting is only effective for the print position of copy numbers. When adjusting
print position (other than the copy numbers), perform the setting with 'Offset Short
Personality
3
Auto*, PS, PCL, Imaging, and PDF1.5
This setting enables the machine to process data received from the host
computer in the specified data format. Setting the 'Personality' to [Auto] makes the
machine determine the type of data received from the host on a job-by-job basis.
If you are printing from applications on a computer, we recommend that you use
the [Auto] setting.
NOTE
•
•
If you find that the machine does not correctly switch to the appropriate personality
when 'Personality' is set to [Auto], change the setting manually to match the data
you are sending from the host computer.
This function is not available when printing in the UFR II Printer.
Mode Priority
None*, PS, PCL, and PDF1.5
This setting determines which personality should be used if a job is received
without a specified command language or Direct Print data. 'Mode Priority' is used
when 'Personality' is set to [Auto].
None
This does not specify a preferred personality. If a job is received without a
specified command language or Direct Print data, the current personality is used.
The default setting is [None].
PS
This assigns priority to the PS personality.
PCL
This assigns priority to the PCL personality.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-42
PDF1.5
This assigns priority to the PDF1.5 mode.
NOTE
This function is not available when printing in the UFR II Printer.
Color Mode
Auto Detect*, Full Color, and Black and White
This setting enables you to set the color mode you want to specify when printing.
If [Auto Detect] or [Full Color] is selected, the machine automatically detects
whether the page is reproduced using black (K) only or all four colors: cyan (C),
magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black (K).
3
If [Black and White] is selected, data is printed in black (K) only, even if the
original is in color.
NOTE
If different color data is overlaid, the machine may not distinguish color from
monochrome, even if [Auto Detect] or [Full Color] is selected. For example,
although the printout looks monochrome, if different color data is overlaid, it is
printed in full color mode, thereby using the color toner cartridges to print, not the
black toner cartridge. Furthermore, if the data is created as color data in the
application you are using, it is printed in full color mode, even though the data looks
monochrome.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-43
Gradation Settings
Gradation: Off*, Smooth 1, and Smooth 2
Graphics: On*, Off
Image: On*, Off
Set this function when the gradation of graphics (illustrations made by software
applications) or images (bitmap images) does not print smoothly (the color
changes stand out).
[Smooth 2] performs a smoother gradation than [Smooth 1]. If [Smooth 1] is
selected and gradation is still not printed smoothly, select [Smooth 2]. You can
select whether to apply smoothing to graphics or image data.
3
Off
Smooth 2
The above gradation patterns are examples.
IMPORTANT
This setting does not apply to text data.
NOTE
•
If [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is selected, and gradation is applied to halftones,
graphics and images may appear grainy.
•
'Graphics' and 'Image' are only displayed when [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is
selected.
Compressed Image Output
Output*, Display Error
This setting enables you to specify how the data should be treated if the data size
of the print job is too large to be stored in the machine's memory.
If [Output] is selected, the data is highly compressed (so it is able to be stored in
memory), and then the job is printed. However, the print quality may diminish.
If [Display Error] is selected, the job is canceled when the data size is too large.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-44
NOTE
Even if [Output] is selected and the data is highly compressed, the data may still be
too large to be stored in the machine's memory. In this case, the job is canceled
and an error is logged in the Print Log. (See Chapter 5, "Checking Job and Device
Status," in the Reference Guide.)
Initialize
—
The menu settings can be reset to the factory defaults by initializing the printer
settings.
3
If you select Initialize, the confirmation message <Is it OK to initialize the
settings?> is displayed. If you select [Yes], the settings are initialized. If you select
[No], the settings are not initialized.
IMPORTANT
Do not turn OFF the machine while the settings are being initialized, as doing so
may damage the machine's memory.
Settings Menu
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-45
UFR II Settings
NOTE
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.
Halftones
3
Text: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
Graphics: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
Image: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
This setting specifies how you print halftones.
Halftoning is used to print each process color at a different intensity, allowing
millions of different color to be reproduced using only the four process colors.
Depending on the required intensity of a given color, toner is placed on paper in
dots of different sizes. The grid of dots used for each toner color is called a
screen. Halftone screens are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate
interference patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can arise with
halftoning.
If [Resolution] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the resolution of
the images is used. This helps eliminate the appearance of jagged or uneven
lines along the edges of objects and is best for printing standard text and
graphics.
If [Gradation] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the appearance of
smooth changes in tone is used. This is best for reproducing images with delicate
gradations or changes of tone.
If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that gives priority to
printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for printing images with small text or
very fine lines.
Resolution
Gradation
Error Diffusion
The above dithering patterns are examples.
IMPORTANT
The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
UFR II Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-46
NOTE
A dither pattern creates the illusion of varying shades of gray or additional colors by
treating areas of an image as groups of dots that are colored in different patterns.
RGB Source Profile
Text: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile
Graphics: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile
Image: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile
This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (color data represented using
the RGB (Red Green Blue) color model) that is appropriate for the characteristics
of your monitor. This setting is applied when printing a document containing color
images or graphics made by the RGB color model.
3
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
sRGB
This setting specifies the industry standard definition for generic Windows (PC)
monitors. If you are using an sRGB compatible monitor, you can print out colors
close to how they appear on your monitor.
Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4
These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of the RGB data. The
higher the value, the darker the printout.
Download Profile
This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to
this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100
profiles.
NOTE
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
•
This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].
UFR II Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-47
Output Profile
Text: Normal*, Photo
Graphics: Normal*, Photo
Image: Normal, Photo*
This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate for the data you are
going to print. It is applied to all data in the print job, so make sure the selected
profile is right for your job.
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
Under most circumstances, it is preferable to select [Normal] for text and graphics
data, and [Photo] for image data.
3
Normal
This setting prints the colors closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor.
Photo
This setting prints colors close to photographic prints.
NOTE
This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].
Matching Method
Text: Perceptual, Saturation*, Colorimetric
Graphics: Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
Image: Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the 'RGB Source
Profile' is applied. This machine includes a color management system that
provides the following color rendering styles.
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
Perceptual
This setting produces the best results for photographic or bitmapped images.
Saturation
This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams used in business
presentations.
Colorimetric
This setting provides a close match to the RGB color value of the machine's
printing range.
UFR II Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-48
NOTE
This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].
Gray Compensation
Text: On*, Off
Graphics: On*, Off
Image: On*, Off
This setting determines whether only black (K) toner is used.
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
3
If [On] is selected, black and gray data is printed using the black (K) toner only,
which lessens toner bleeding.
If [Off] is selected, black and gray data is printed using all four (CMYK) toners.
Gradation reproducibility of dark areas improves in comparison to [On].
Test
Test
Test
Gray Compensation [On]
Gray Compensation [Off]
UFR II Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-49
CMS(Matching) Selection
Printer*, Host
This setting allows you to select whether the color process will be done by the
printer or the host computer (printer driver).
If [Printer] is selected, the color process will be done by the printer.
If [Host] is selected, the color process will not be done by the printer.
CMS(Matching)/Gamma
Text: Gamma*, CMS
Graphics: Gamma*, CMS
Image: Gamma*, CMS
3
This setting allows you to select whether to perform color matching, or perform
color correction by specifying a Gamma value.
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
Making changes to this setting switches between available / unavailable for the
following items.
✓: Available
✗: Unavailable
Gamma
CMS
✓
RGB Source Profile
Matching Method
Output Profile
Gamma
✗
✗
✗
✓
✓
✓
✗
UFR II Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-50
Gamma
Text: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
Graphics: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
Image: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
The brightness of printing can be adjusted to not lose the brightest and darkest
portions of the original data. For example, this setting is made when the printout is
brighter than the original image (original photograph before being scanned,
graphics created on a monitor, etc.) or when wanting to change the brightness
before printing. The higher the value, the darker the printout. [1.4] is the value for
an uncorrected (default) state.
3
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
NOTE
This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [Gamma].
Paper Save
On*, Off
This setting specifies whether to output a blank page when software does not
send print data between End Page codes.
If [On] is selected, a blank page is not output, thus saving paper.
If [Off] is selected, a blank page is output.
Advanced Smoothing
Advanced Smoothing: Off, Smooth 1*, and Smooth 2
Graphics: On, Off*
Text: On*, Off
This setting smooths jagged outlines of graphics (illustrations created by
application software) and characters.
[Smooth 2] performs a higher level of smoothing than [Smooth 1]. If [Smooth 1] is
selected and the results are still not printed smoothly, select [Smooth 2].
By switching the on/off for 'Graphics' and 'Text', you can select whether to apply
smoothing to graphics or text data.
IMPORTANT
•
This setting allows you to apply smoothing to graphics data and text data.
Smoothing is not applied to image data.
•
The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
UFR II Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-51
NOTE
•
•
•
'Graphics' and 'Text' can only be selected when [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is
selected for Advanced Smoothing.
Settings for 'Graphics' and 'Text' on the touch panel display will be effective only if
'Printer Default' is set for Advanced Smoothing in the printer driver.
The results of Advanced Smoothing may differ depending on the characters and
graphics patterns.
3
UFR II Settings
3-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PCL Settings
NOTE
•
•
These settings are only available when printing in the PCL or PS Printer.
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.
Paper Save
3
On, Off*
This setting specifies whether to output a blank page when software does not
send print data between End Page codes.
If [On] is selected, a blank page is not output, thus saving paper.
If [Off] is selected, a blank page is output.
Orientation
Portrait*, Landscape
This setting enables you to set the paper orientation.
If [Portrait] is selected, the print image is printed in portrait orientation regardless
of the orientation of the paper in the paper drawers.
A B C D E
Portrait
If [Landscape] is selected, the print image is printed in landscape orientation
regardless of the orientation of the paper in the paper drawers.
A B C D E
Landscape
PCL Settings
3-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Font Number
0 to 91; 0*
You can set the default font typeface for this printer function using the
corresponding font numbers. Valid font numbers are from 0 to 91.
Point Size
4.00 to 999.75 point (in increments of 0.25 points); 12.00* point
If the number selected in 'Font Number' is that of a proportionally spaced scalable
font, this option appears in the PCL menu. It enables you to specify a point size
for the default font. The point size can be adjusted in increments of 0.25 pts.
3
NOTE
This function is available if a value from '1' to '69' is specified for the 'Font Number'
option.
Pitch
0.44 to 99.99 cpi (in increments of 0.01 cpi); 10.00* cpi
If the number selected in 'Font Number' is that of a fixed pitch scalable font, 'Pitch'
appears in the PCL menu. It enables you to specify the pitch for the default font.
The pitch can be adjusted in increments of 0.01 cpi (characters per inch).
NOTE
This function is available if a value of '0' or from '70' to '91' is specified for the 'Font
Number' option.
Form Lines
5 to 128 lines; 60* lines
This setting enables you to specify the number of lines to be printed on a page.
You can specify from 5 to 128 lines.
PCL Settings
3-54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbol Set
DESKTOP, ISO4, ISO6, ISO11, ISO15, ISO17, ISO21, ISO60, ISO69, ISOL1,
ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6, LEGAL, MATH8, MCTEXT, MSPUBL, PC775, PC8*,
PC850, PC852, PC8DN, PC8TK, PC1004, PIFONT, PSMATH, PSTEXT,
ROMAN8, VNINTL, VNMATH, VNUS, WIN30, WINBALT, WINL1, WINL2, and
WINL5
This setting enables you to select the symbol set most suited to the needs of the
host computer.
Custom Paper
3
On, Off*
This setting enables you to specify a custom paper size. If [On] is selected, you
can enter a custom size.
NOTE
You can only select the custom paper size entered with settings from the printer
driver.
Unit of Measure
Millimeters, Inches*
This setting enables you to specify the unit of measurement you would like to use
to specify your custom paper size.
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Custom Paper' is set to [On].
PCL Settings
3-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
X dimension
5.51 to 24.80 inches; 18.00* inches
This setting enables you to specify the X dimension of the custom paper. The X
dimension can be adjusted from 5.51" (140 mm) through 24.80" (630 mm) in
increments of 0.01" (1 mm).
This function can be very useful when part of the printed image is cut off.
Increasing this dimension may allow some of the missing text to be correctly
printed. Make sure you do not increase the X dimension beyond the actual size of
the paper you are using for printing.
3
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Custom Paper' is set to [On].
Y dimension
3.89 to 12.59 inches; 12.59* inches
This setting enables you to specify the Y dimension of the custom paper. The Y
dimension can be adjusted from 3.89" (99 mm) through 12.59" (320 mm) in
increments of 0.01" (1 mm).
This function can be very useful when part of the printed image is cut off.
Increasing this dimension may allow some of the missing text to be correctly
printed. Make sure you do not increase the Y dimension beyond the actual size of
the paper you are using for printing.
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Custom Paper' is set to [On].
PCL Settings
3-56
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Append CR to LF
Yes, No*
This setting enables you to specify whether to append a carriage return (CR)
when line feed code (LF) is received.
If [Yes] is selected, the print head moves to the beginning of the next line when
line feed code is received.
If [No] is selected, the print head moves down to the next line when line feed code
is received, and the margin does not change (such as to the beginning of the next
line).
3
ABCDE ↓ FGHIJ
LF code ( ↓ ) only
ABCDE
FGHIJ
ABCDE
FGHIJ
Append CR to LF [Yes]
Append CR to LF [No]
PCL Settings
3-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Enlarge A4 Print Width
On, Off*
This setting determines whether to expand the printable area of A4 size paper to
that of Letter size in width.
If [On] is selected, all the area on a page 1/6" (4.23 mm) from the top and bottom
edges and 11/80" (3.39 mm) from the left and right edges is available for printing
on A4 paper. Only the width increases.
If [Off] is selected, all the area on a page 1/6" (4.23 mm) from the top, bottom, left,
and right edges is available for printing on A4 paper.
3
C
C
D
D
A
A
B
B
D
D
C
C
On
Off
Printable area
Settings
On
Off
A: Length
11 1/3" (288.54 mm)
8"
7 7/8"
(201.54 mm)
B: Width
(203.22 mm)
11/80"
(3.39 mm)
1/6"
(4.23 mm)
C: Left and right edges
D: Top and bottom edges
1/6" (4.23 mm)
NOTE
•
•
This setting is available for A4 paper only.
This setting is available for portrait orientation only.
PCL Settings
3-58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Halftones
Text: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
Graphics: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
Image: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
This setting specifies how you print halftones.
Halftoning is used to print each process color at a different intensity, allowing
millions of different color to be reproduced using only the four process colors.
Depending on the required intensity of a given color, toner is placed on paper in
dots of different sizes. The grid of dots used for each toner color is called a
screen. Halftone screens are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate
interference patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can arise with
halftoning.
3
If [Resolution] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the resolution of
the images is used. This helps eliminate the appearance of jagged or uneven
lines along the edges of objects and is best for printing standard text and
graphics.
If [Gradation] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the appearance of
smooth changes in tone is used. This is best for reproducing images with delicate
gradations or changes of tone.
If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that gives priority to
printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for printing images with small text or
very fine lines.
Resolution
Gradation
Error Diffusion
The above dithering patterns are examples.
IMPORTANT
The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
NOTE
A dither pattern creates the illusion of varying shades of gray or additional colors by
treating areas of an image as groups of dots that are colored in different patterns.
PCL Settings
3-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
RGB Source Profile
Text: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile
Graphics: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile
Image: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile
This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (color data represented using
the RGB (Red Green Blue) color model) that is appropriate for the characteristics
of your monitor. This setting is applied when printing a document containing color
images or graphics made by the RGB color model.
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
3
sRGB
This setting specifies the industry standard definition for generic Windows (PC)
monitors. If you are using an sRGB compatible monitor, you can print out colors
close to how they appear on your monitor.
Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4
These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of the RGB data. The
higher the value, the darker the printout.
Download Profile
This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to
this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100
profiles.
NOTE
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
•
This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].
PCL Settings
3-60
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Output Profile
Text: Normal*, Photo
Graphics: Normal*, Photo
Image: Normal, Photo*
This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate for the data you are
going to print. It is applied to all data in the print job, so make sure the selected
profile is right for your job.
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
Normal
3
This setting prints the colors closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor.
Photo
This setting prints colors close to photographic prints.
NOTE
This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].
Matching Method
Text: Perceptual, Saturation*, Colorimetric
Graphics: Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
Image: Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric
This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the 'RGB Source
Profile' is applied. This machine includes a color management system that
provides the following color rendering styles.
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
Perceptual
This setting produces the best results for photographic or bitmapped images.
Saturation
This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams used in business
presentations.
Colorimetric
This setting provides a close match to the RGB color value of the machine's
printing range.
PCL Settings
3-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
NOTE
This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].
Gray Compensation
Text: On*, Off
Graphics: On*, Off
Image: On*, Off
This setting determines whether only black (K) toner is used.
If [On] is selected, black and gray data is printed using the black (K) toner only,
which lessens toner bleeding.
3
If [Off] is selected, black and gray data is printed using all four (CMYK) toners.
Gradation reproducibility of dark areas improves in comparison to [On].
Test
Test
Test
Gray Compensation [On]
Gray Compensation [Off]
NOTE
If a problem occurs to the Graphics data with the default values set, switch
'Graphics' [On] and [Off] to fix the problem.
PCL Settings
3-62
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CMS(Matching) Selection
Printer*, Host
This setting allows you to select whether the color process will be done by the
printer or the host computer (printer driver).
If [Printer] is selected, the color process will be done by the printer.
If [Host] is selected, the color process will not be done by the printer.
CMS(Matching)/Gamma
Text: Gamma*, CMS
Graphics: Gamma*, CMS
Image: Gamma*, CMS
3
This setting allows you to select whether to perform color matching, or perform
color correction by specifying a Gamma value.
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
Making changes to this setting switches between available / unavailable for the
following items.
✓: Available
✗: Unavailable
Gamma
CMS
✓
RGB Source Profile
Matching Method
Output Profile
Gamma
✗
✗
✗
✓
✓
✓
✗
PCL Settings
3-63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Gamma
Text: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
Graphics: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
Image: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2
The brightness of printing can be adjusted to not lose the brightest and darkest
portions of the original data. For example, this setting is made when the printout is
brighter than the original image (original photograph before being scanned,
graphics created on a monitor, etc.) or when wanting to change the brightness
before printing. The higher the value, the darker the printout. [1.4] is the value for
an uncorrected (default) state.
3
Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.
NOTE
This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [Gamma].
Advanced Smoothing
Advanced Smoothing: Off, Smooth 1*, and Smooth 2
Graphics: On, Off*
Text: On*, Off
This setting smooths jagged outlines of graphics (illustrations created by
application software) and characters.
[Smooth 2] performs a higher level of smoothing than [Smooth 1]. If [Smooth 1] is
selected and the results are still not printed smoothly, select [Smooth 2].
By switching the on/off for 'Graphics' and 'Text', you can select whether to apply
smoothing to graphics or text data.
IMPORTANT
•
This setting allows you to apply smoothing to graphics data and text data.
Smoothing is not applied to image data.
•
The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
NOTE
•
•
•
'Graphics' and 'Text' can only be selected when [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is
selected for Advanced Smoothing.
Settings for 'Graphics' and 'Text' on the touch panel display will be effective only if
'Printer Default' is set for Advanced Smoothing in the printer driver.
The results of Advanced Smoothing may differ depending on the characters and
graphics patterns.
PCL Settings
3-64
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PS Settings
NOTE
•
•
These settings are only available when printing in the PS Printer.
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.
Job Timeout
3
0 to 3600 seconds; 0* seconds
This setting enables you to specify the amount of time before a job times out. If a
job has not finished within the set time limit, the job automatically cancels.
Wait Timeout
0 to 3600 seconds; 300* seconds
This setting enables you to specify the amount of time the machine will wait for
data sent from the host computer before it times out. If data is not received within
the set time limit, the job automatically cancels.
Print PS Errors
On, Off*
This setting determines whether an error page is printed when an error is
encountered.
PS Settings
3-65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
RGB Source Profile
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, None, and Download Profile
This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (color data represented using
the RGB (Red Green Blue) color model) that is appropriate for the characteristics
of your monitor. This setting is applied when printing a document containing color
images or graphics made by the RGB color model.
sRGB
This setting specifies the industry standard definition for generic Windows (PC)
monitors. If you are using an sRGB compatible monitor, you can print out colors
close to how they appear on your monitor.
3
Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4
These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of the RGB data. The
higher the value, the darker the printout.
None
When this setting is selected, device dependent RGB data is converted into
CMYK without applying the RGB profile.
Download Profile
This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to
this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100
profiles.
IMPORTANT
•
You may not be able to use all the profiles that are available. If color data is printed
in gray using a downloaded profile, check the downloaded profile for compatibility.
•
If the machine receives data with a device independent (CIE based) color space
definition, it is color processed with the specified settings. Therefore, 'RGB Source
Profile' is not applied by the machine.
•
When a setting other than [None] is selected, and the machine receives a device
dependent color space definition that is color processed by the host computer,
'RGB Source Profile' is also applied by the machine.
PS Settings
3-66
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
NOTE
•
Device independent colors are not dependent on any particular device, such as a
monitor, and are meant to be true representations of colors as perceived by the
human eye. These color representations, called device independent color spaces,
result from work carried out by the Commission Internationale d'Eclairage (CIE)
and for that reason are also called CIE based color spaces.
•
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
If a profile with the name of "None" is downloaded to the machine, the profile is not
applied and the [None] setting on the menu is applied.
CMYK Simulation Profile
3
JapanColor(Canon), US Web Ctd(Canon), Euro Standard, None*, and
Download Profile
This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print the CMYK (Cyan
Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine converts CMYK data into a device
dependent CMYK color model based on the simulation target selected in the
CMYK Simulation Profile.
JapanColor(Canon)
This setting uses the JapanColor profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely
matching the printing standard in Japan.
US Web Ctd(Canon)
This setting uses the U.S. Web Coated profile. This is for obtaining a printout
closely matching the printing standard in the USA.
Euro Standard
This setting uses the Euro Standard profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely
matching the printing standard in Europe.
None
When this setting is selected, device dependent CMYK data is printed as is
without applying the CMYK profile.
Download Profile
This setting uses custom simulation target that you have downloaded from the
host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can
store up to 100 profiles.
PS Settings
3-67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IMPORTANT
•
You may not be able to use all the profiles that are available. If color data is printed
in gray using a downloaded profile, check the downloaded profile for compatibility.
•
If the machine receives data with a device independent (CIE based) color space
definition, it is color processed with the specified settings. Therefore 'CMYK
Simulation Profile' is not applied by the machine.
•
When a setting other than [None] is selected, and the machine receives a device
dependent color space definition that is color processed by the host computer,
'CMYK Simulation Profile' is also applied by the machine.
NOTE
•
•
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
3
When [None] is selected, areas of dark color may be blotchy depending on the
data.
If a profile with the name of "None" is downloaded to the machine, the profile is not
applied and the [None] setting on the menu is applied.
Use Grayscale Profile
On, Off*
This setting allows you to define how device dependent gray data is processed.
If [On] is selected, device dependent gray data is converted into CMYK data using
the 'Grayscale Profile' of the machine. The data may be reproduced using only the
black (K) toner, depending upon the 'Pure Black Text' process or 'Output Profile'.
If [Off] is selected, device dependent gray data is reproduced using black (K)
toner only.
PS Settings
3-68
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Output Profile
Normal, Photo, TR Normal*, TR Photo, and Download Profile
This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate for the data you are
going to print. It is applied to all data in the print job, so make sure the selected
profile is right for your job.
Normal
This setting prints the colors closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor.
Photo
3
This setting prints colors close to photographic prints.
TR Normal
This setting prints the colors closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor,
and also reduces toner bleeding of text and fine lines.
TR Photo
This setting prints colors close to photographic prints, and also reduces toner
bleeding of text and fine lines.
Download Profile
This setting uses a custom profile that you have downloaded from the host
computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up
to 100 profiles.
NOTE
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
•
If [None] is selected for the 'RGB Source Profile' or 'CMYK Simulation Profile', or if
[Off] is selected for 'Use Grayscale Profile', an Output Profile setting is not applied
to device dependent color data.
PS Settings
3-69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Matching Method
Perceptual*, Saturation, and Colorimetric
This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the 'RGB Source
Profile' is applied. This machine includes a color management system that
provides the following color rendering styles.
Perceptual
This setting produces the best results for photographic or bitmapped images.
Saturation
3
This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams used in business
presentations.
Colorimetric
This setting provides a close match to the RGB color value of the machine's
printing range.
NOTE
•
•
•
Selecting [Normal] or [TR Normal] in the 'Output Profile' and [Perceptual] in the
'Matching Method' is equivalent to setting 'Matching Method' to
[Perceptual(Normal)] in the printer driver.
Selecting [Photo] or [TR Photo] in the 'Output Profile' and [Perceptual] in the
'Matching Method' is equivalent to setting 'Matching Method' to
[Perceptual(Photographic)] in the printer driver.
If [None] is selected for the 'RGB Source Profile' or 'CMYK Simulation Profile', and
the machine receives a device dependent color space definition that is color
processed by the host computer, a Matching Method setting is not applied.
PS Settings
3-70
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
RGB Pure Black Process
On*, Off
This setting enables you to specify how black and gray data with the equivalent
ratio of R to G to B should be processed when device dependent RGB data is
converted into device dependent CMYK data using the 'RGB Source Profile' of
the machine.
If [On] is selected, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B is
printed using the black (K) toner only, regardless of the selected 'Output Profile'
setting.
If [Off] is selected, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B is
printed using CMYK toners based on the selected 'Output Profile' setting.
3
IMPORTANT
If you can see gradations or jagged lines in the printouts of black or gray data,
select [Off] in RGB Pure Black Process and select [Normal] for 'Output Profile'.
NOTE
•
•
In combination with certain settings, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of
R to G to B may be printed using the black (K) toner only, even if [Off] is selected.
The following are examples.
- When [On] is selected for 'Pure Black Text'
- When [None] is selected for 'RGB Source Profile'
- When [TR Normal] or [TR Photo] is selected for 'Output Profile'
- When 'Prioritize Printing of Lines and Text' in the printer driver is selected
If [None] is selected for 'RGB Source Profile', the RGB Pure Black Process setting
is not applied.
CMYK Pure Black Process
On*, Off
This setting enables you to specify how monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) should be
printed when the device dependent CMYK data is processed using the 'CMYK
Simulation Profile' of the machine.
If [On] is selected, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) is printed using the black (K)
toner only, regardless of the selected 'Output Profile' setting.
If [Off] is selected, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) is printed using CMYK toners
based on the selected 'Output Profile' setting.
NOTE
•
In combination with certain settings, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) may be printed
using the black (K) toner only, even if [Off] is selected. The following are examples.
PS Settings
3-71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
- When [On] is selected for 'Pure Black Text'
- When [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile'
- When [TR Normal] or [TR Photo] is selected for 'Output Profile'
- When 'Prioritize Printing of Lines and Text' in the printer driver is selected
•
If [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile', the CMYK Pure Black Process
setting is not applied.
Pure Black Text
On*, Off
This setting affects the printout for black (R=G=B=0% or C=M=Y=100%/Bk=N%
or C=M=Y=0%/Bk=100%) text on a page. Under most circumstances it is
preferable to leave this option set to [On].
3
If [On] is selected, black colors generated by applications are printed using only
100% black toner. This means that the color toner will not be misaligned since
only one toner color (black) is used.
Test
Pure Black Text [On]
If [Off] is selected, the black text is printed using CMYK toners based on the
selected Output Profile setting. For some jobs, it is preferable to turn this option
[Off].
Test
Pure Black Text [Off]
PS Settings
3-72
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Black Overprint
On*, Off
This setting allows you to choose a specific way to print black text when printing
black text over a color background or graphics.
If [On] is selected, you can overprint black text. When this setting is used in
combination with 'Pure Black Text', the machine first prints the full color
background, then lays the black text on the top of the color background as 100%
K (black) toner. Overprinting also reduces misalignment of colors and a halo
effect that can appear around the edge of the text.
3
Test
Black Overprint [On]
If [Off] is selected, black text is printed with knockouts. The machine first prints the
color background with the black text areas "knocked out" (no color is printed in the
text areas). The black text is then printed in the knocked out area, filling in the
areas not printed in color. This may result in the black text appearing lighter, or
cause a halo effect that can appear around the edge of the text.
Test
Black Overprint [Off]
NOTE
This setting is only applied, and has an effect on, pure black if 'Pure Black Text' is
set to [On].
Brightness
85 to 115%; 100%*
This setting adjusts the brightness of the overall image. The settings can be set
between 85% and 115% in increments of 5%.
Selecting [85%] makes the image brighter, and selecting [115%] makes it darker.
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].
PS Settings
3-73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Combine Color Separations
On, Off*
This setting specifies whether to combine and print separation data created by
application software on one page. The combined data is printed in color so you
can check overprinting or the final color finish.
If [On] is selected, the separated data is combined and printed on one page using
all four (CMYK) toners.
If [Off] is selected, the separated data is not combined and each separation is
printed using the black (K) toner only.
3
IMPORTANT
This function is available only for separated data with DSC (Document Structuring
Convention) comments that has CMYK color specified.
NOTE
•
•
•
This function is only available if 'Color Mode' is set to [Auto Detect] or [Full Color].
This function is not available with data separated using Photoshop.
Overprinting is the term for colors overlapping when they are printed.
Spot Color Matching
On, Off*
This setting enables you to specify the optimum method of reproducing Spot
Colors.
Using a named color profile, you can print converting to the device-independent
color matching the spot color.
NOTE
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
•
This setting is invalid even when set to [On], as named color profiles are not
preinstalled as the default. Before applying this setting, download any necessary
named color profiles to this machine.
PS Settings
3-74
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Halftones
Text: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
Graphics: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
Image: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
This setting specifies how you print halftones.
Halftoning is used to print each process color at a different intensity, allowing
millions of different color to be reproduced using only the four process colors.
Depending on the required intensity of a given color, toner is placed on paper in
dots of different sizes. The grid of dots used for each toner color is called a
screen. Halftone screens are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate
interference patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can arise with
halftoning.
3
If [Resolution] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the resolution of
the images is used. This helps eliminate the appearance of jagged or uneven
lines along the edges of objects and is best for printing standard text and
graphics.
If [Gradation] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the appearance of
smooth changes in tone is used. This is best for reproducing images with delicate
gradations or changes of tone.
If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that gives priority to
printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for printing images with small text or
very fine lines.
Resolution
Gradation
Error Diffusion
The above dithering patterns are examples.
IMPORTANT
The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
NOTE
A dither pattern creates the illusion of varying shades of gray or additional colors by
treating areas of an image as groups of dots that are colored in different patterns.
PS Settings
3-75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Composite Overprint
On, Off*
You can overprint device-dependent CMYK data as composite output.
All colors used for data are overlaid and printed on one plate so you can check the
finished result without separating the colors.
On
3
Cyan
Magenta
Off
Yellow
blacK
NOTE
•
•
•
This setting is only available for data having the overprint attribute set.
This setting does not apply overprinting to spot colors.
If a setting other than [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile' (See p.
3-67), overprinting is not applied.
Advanced Smoothing
Advanced Smoothing: Off, Smooth 1*, and Smooth 2
Graphics: On, Off*
Text: On*, Off
This setting smooths jagged outlines of graphics (illustrations created by
application software) and characters.
[Smooth 2] performs a higher level of smoothing than [Smooth 1]. If [Smooth 1] is
selected and the results are still not printed smoothly, select [Smooth 2].
By switching the on/off for 'Graphics' and 'Text', you can select whether to apply
smoothing to graphics or text data.
PS Settings
3-76
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IMPORTANT
•
This setting allows you to apply smoothing to graphics data and text data.
Smoothing is not applied to image data.
•
The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
NOTE
•
•
•
'Graphics' and 'Text' can only be selected when [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is
selected for Advanced Smoothing.
Settings for 'Graphics' and 'Text' on the touch panel display will be effective only if
'Printer Default' is set for Advanced Smoothing in the printer driver.
The results of Advanced Smoothing may differ depending on the characters and
graphics patterns.
3
PS Settings
3-77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Imaging Settings
Settings on this menu specify how to print TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) and
JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) images that are sent directly to the
machine using the Remote UI or command prompt.
NOTE
•
For details on the Direct Print functions, see Chapter 5, "How to Use the Direct Print
Function."
3
•
•
The paper size used is determined by the paper size specified in the Settings Menu.
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.
Image Orientation
Auto*, Vertical, and Horizontal
This setting specifies whether to print an image vertically or horizontally.
If [Auto] is selected, orientation is automatically adjusted by comparing length and
width of the image (TIFF/JPEG data). If the width is greater, the image is printed
horizontally. If the length is greater, the image is printed vertically.
If [Vertical] is selected, the image is printed vertically regardless of its dimensions.
If [Horizontal] is selected, the image is printed horizontally regardless of its
dimensions.
Imaging Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-78
Zoom
Off*, Auto
This setting enlarges or reduces the size of an image to match the printable area
of the paper size specified.
If [Auto] is selected, the size of the image is automatically enlarged or reduced to
match the printable area of the specified paper size. If the size of the image is
larger than the printable area, it is automatically reduced. If the size of the image
is smaller than the printable area, it is automatically enlarged.
IMPORTANT
3
•
Even if [Off] is selected, the image size is automatically reduced if it is larger than
the printable area of the specified paper size.
•
If [Auto] is selected, Tags contained in TIFF data that specify the data's printable
area will be ignored.
NOTE
•
If there is blank space in the top, bottom, left, and right edges when using this
setting, use the 'Print Position' setting in combination with this setting to adjust the
print position.
•
This setting uses the same ratio for both the length and width to enlarge or reduce
the size of the image.
Print Position
Auto*, Center, and Top Left
This setting specifies the print position for the image.
If [Auto] is selected, the image is printed in the specified position of the paper if
the print position for the TIFF data is specified. If the print position is not specified,
the image is printed in the center of the paper.
If [Center] is selected, the image is printed in the center of the paper regardless of
whether the print position of the TIFF data is specified.
If [Top Left] is selected, the image is printed in the top left of the paper regardless
of whether the print position of the TIFF data is specified.
IMPORTANT
As the JPEG file format does not contain print position information, JPEG images
are printed in the center of the paper even if [Auto] is selected.
Imaging Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-79
Show Warnings
On*, Off
This setting specifies the action to be taken if an error associated with printing an
image occurs on the machine.
If [On] is selected, an error message is displayed.
If [Off] is selected, the print job is canceled and an error message is not displayed.
IMPORTANT
Depending on the error, an error message may be displayed even if [Off] is
selected.
3
Enlarge Print Area
Off*, On
This setting specifies whether to enlarge the printable area on the paper.
If [Off] is selected, the printable area is 1/5" (5 mm) from the top, bottom, left and
right edges of the specified paper size.
If [On] is selected, the printable area is enlarged close to the edge of the paper.
NOTE
If [On] is selected, images on the edge of the paper may not print properly.
Exif Adjustment
On*, Off
This setting prints Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format) image data close to the
conditions when the images were taken. Images taken with digital cameras that
support Exif format contain embedded shooting criteria data, such as exposure
mode, white balance, flash on/off, and shooting scene data, such as shooting
modes for specific subjects.
If [On] is selected, the data is adjusted, based on the embedded Exif information
when printing.
If [Off] is selected, the data is not adjusted.
NOTE
•
•
The purpose of the Exif print system is to obtain high-quality output by combining
Exif-compatible printers with digital cameras that support this file format.
This setting is only available to images that are Exif print-compatible.
Imaging Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-80
Halftones
Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
This setting specifies how you print halftones.
Halftoning is used to print each process color at a different intensity, allowing
millions of different color to be reproduced using only the four process colors.
Depending on the required intensity of a given color, toner is placed on paper in
dots of different sizes. The grid of dots used for each toner color is called a
screen. Halftone screens are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate
interference patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can arise with
halftoning.
3
If [Resolution] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the resolution of
the images is used. This helps eliminate the appearance of jagged or uneven
lines along the edges of objects and is best for printing standard text and
graphics.
If [Gradation] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the appearance of
smooth changes in tone is used. This is best for reproducing images with delicate
gradations or changes of tone.
If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that gives priority to
printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for printing images with small text or
very fine lines.
Resolution
Gradation
Error Diffusion
The above dithering patterns are examples.
NOTE
A dither pattern creates the illusion of varying shades of gray or additional colors by
treating areas of an image as groups of dots that are colored in different patterns.
Imaging Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-81
RGB Source Profile
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile
This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (color data represented using
the RGB (Red Green Blue) color model) that is appropriate for the characteristics
of your monitor. This setting is applied when printing a document containing color
images or graphics made by the RGB color model.
sRGB
This setting specifies the industry standard definition for generic Windows (PC)
monitors. If you are using an sRGB compatible monitor, you can print out colors
close to how they appear on your monitor.
3
Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4
These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of the RGB data. The
higher the value, the darker the printout.
Download Profile
This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to
this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100
profiles.
NOTE
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
Imaging Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-82
CMYK Simulation Profile
JapanColor(Canon)*, US Web Ctd(Canon), Euro Standard, and Download Profile
This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print the CMYK (Cyan
Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine converts CMYK data into a device
dependent CMYK color model based on the simulation target selected in the
'CMYK Simulation Profile'.
JapanColor(Canon)
This setting uses the JapanColor profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely
matching the printing standard in Japan.
3
US Web Ctd(Canon)
This setting uses the U.S. Web Coated profile. This is for obtaining a printout
closely matching the printing standard in the USA.
Euro Standard
This setting uses the Euro Standard profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely
matching the printing standard in Europe.
Download Profile
This setting uses custom simulation target that you have downloaded from the
host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can
store up to 100 profiles.
NOTE
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
Output Profile
Normal, Photo*
This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate for the data you are
going to print. It is applied to all data in the print job, so make sure the selected
profile is right for your job.
Normal
This setting prints the colors closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor.
Photo
This setting prints colors close to photographic prints.
Imaging Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-83
Matching Method
Perceptual*, Saturation, and Colorimetric
This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the 'RGB Source
Profile' is applied. This machine includes a color management system that
provides the following color rendering styles.
Perceptual
This setting produces the best results for photographic or bitmapped images.
Saturation
3
This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams used in business
presentations.
Colorimetric
This setting provides a close match to the RGB color value of the machine's
printing range.
Gray Compensation
On*, Off
This setting determines whether only black (K) toner is used.
If [On] is selected, black and gray data is printed using the black (K) toner only,
which lessens toner bleeding.
If [Off] is selected, black and gray data is printed using all four (CMYK) toners.
Gradation reproducibility of dark areas improves in comparison to [On].
Test
Test
Test
Gray Compensation [On]
Gray Compensation [Off]
Imaging Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-84
PDF1.5 Settings
Settings on this menu specify how to print PDF files that are sent directly to the
machine using the Remote UI or command prompt.
NOTE
•
•
These settings are only available for the PS Printer.
For details on the Direct Print functions, see Chapter 5, "How to Use the Direct Print
Function."
3
•
An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.
Render Color Space
Auto*, CMYK
This setting specifies the PDF file rendering method.
If [Auto] is selected, the color space setting switches between RGB and CMYK on
every page.
If [CMYK] is selected, the color space setting is specified as CMYK. It is used if
the color is different between pages when you print a job with multiple pages.
IMPORTANT
Color Space' is specified as [CMYK].
NOTE
This function is only available if the 'Color Mode' is set to [Auto Detect] or [Full
Color].
RGB Source Profile
sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, None, and Download Profile
This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (color data represented using
the RGB (Red Green Blue) color model) that is appropriate for the characteristics
of your monitor. This setting is applied when printing a document containing color
images or graphics made by the RGB color model.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-85
sRGB
This setting specifies the industry standard definition for generic Windows (PC)
monitors. If you are using an sRGB compatible monitor, you can print out colors
close to how they appear on your monitor.
Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4
These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of the RGB data. The
higher the value, the darker the printout.
None
When this setting is selected, device dependent RGB data is converted into
CMYK without applying the RGB profile.
3
Download Profile
This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to
this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100
profiles.
IMPORTANT
If the machine receives data with a device independent (CIE based) color space
definition, it is color processed with the specified settings. Therefore, 'RGB Source
Profile' is not applied by the machine.
NOTE
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
•
Device independent colors are not dependent on any particular device, such as a
monitor, and are meant to be true representations of colors as perceived by the
human eye. These color representations, called device independent color spaces,
result from work carried out by the Commission Internationale d'Eclairage (CIE)
and for that reason are also called CIE based color spaces.
•
If a profile with the name of "None" is downloaded to the machine, the profile is not
applied and the [None] setting on the menu is applied.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-86
CMYK Simulation Profile
JapanColor(Canon), US Web Ctd(Canon), Euro Standard, None*,
and Download Profile
This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print the CMYK (Cyan
Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine converts CMYK data into a device
dependent CMYK color model based on the simulation target selected in the
CMYK Simulation Profile.
JapanColor(Canon)
This setting uses the JapanColor profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely
matching the printing standard in Japan.
3
US Web Ctd(Canon)
This setting uses the U.S. Web Coated profile. This is for obtaining a printout
closely matching the printing standard in the USA.
Euro Standard
This setting uses the Euro Standard profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely
matching the printing standard in Europe.
None
When this setting is selected, device dependent CMYK data is printed as is
without applying the CMYK profile.
Download Profile
This setting uses custom simulation target that you have downloaded from the
host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can
store up to 100 profiles.
IMPORTANT
If the machine receives data with a device independent (CIE based) color space
definition, it is color processed with the specified settings. Therefore 'CMYK
Simulation Profile' is not applied by the machine.
NOTE
•
•
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
When [None] is selected, areas of dark color may be blotchy depending on the
data.
If a profile with the name of "None" is downloaded to the machine, the profile is not
applied and the [None] setting on the menu is applied.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-87
Output Profile
Normal*, Photo, and Download Profile
This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate for the data you are
going to print. It is applied to all data in the print job, so make sure the selected
profile is right for your job.
Normal
This setting prints the colors closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor.
Photo
3
This setting prints colors close to photographic prints.
Download Profile
This setting uses a custom profile that you have downloaded from the host
computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up
to 100 profiles.
IMPORTANT
If [Download Profile] is selected, 'Render Color Space' is specified as [CMYK].
NOTE
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
•
If [None] is selected for the 'RGB Source Profile' or 'CMYK Simulation Profile', or if
[Off] is selected for 'Use Grayscale Profile', an Output Profile setting is not applied
to device dependent color data.
Use Grayscale Profile
On, Off*
This setting allows you to define how device dependent gray data is processed.
If [On] is selected, device dependent gray data is converted into CMYK data using
the 'Grayscale Profile' of the machine. The data may be reproduced using only the
black (K) toner, depending upon the 'Pure Black Text' process or 'Output Profile'.
If [Off] is selected, device dependent gray data is reproduced using black (K)
toner only.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-88
Matching Method
Perceptual*, Saturation, and Colorimetric
This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the 'RGB Source
Profile' is applied. This machine includes a color management system that
provides the following color rendering styles.
Perceptual
This setting produces the best results for photographic or bitmapped images.
Saturation
3
This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams used in business
presentations.
Colorimetric
This setting provides a close match to the RGB color value of the machine's
printing range.
NOTE
If [None] is selected for the 'RGB Source Profile', and the machine receives a
device dependent color space definition that is color processed by the host
computer, a Matching Method setting is not applied.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-89
Pure Black Text
On*, Off
This setting affects the printout for black (R=G=B=0% or C=M=Y=100%/Bk=N%
or C=M=Y=0%/Bk=100%) text on a page. Under most circumstances it is
preferable to leave this option set to [On].
If [On] is selected, black colors generated by applications are printed using only
100% black toner. This means that the color toner will not be misaligned since
only one toner color (black) is used.
3
Test
Pure Black Text [On]
If [Off] is selected, the black text is printed using CMYK toners based on the
selected Output Profile setting. For some jobs, it is preferable to turn this option
[Off].
Test
Pure Black Text [Off]
NOTE
If 'Render Color Space' is set to [Auto], this setting may also be applied to gray text.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-90
Black Overprint
On*, Off
This setting allows you to choose a specific way to print black text when printing
black text over a color background or graphics.
If [On] is selected, you can overprint black text. When this setting is used in
combination with 'Pure Black Text', the machine first prints the full color
background, then lays the black text on the top of the color background as 100%
K (black) toner. Overprinting also reduces misalignment of colors and a halo
effect that can appear around the edge of the text.
3
Test
Black Overprint [On]
If [Off] is selected, black text is printed with knockouts. The machine first prints the
color background with the black text areas "knocked out" (no color is printed in the
text areas). The black text is then printed in the knocked out area, filling in the
areas not printed in color. This may result in the black text appearing lighter, or
cause a halo effect that can appear around the edge of the text.
Test
Black Overprint [Off]
NOTE
•
This setting is only applied, and has an effect on, pure black if 'Pure Black Text' is
set to [On].
•
If 'Render Color Space' is set to [Auto], this setting may not be applied.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-91
Composite Overprint
On, Off*
You can overprint device-dependent CMYK data as composite output.
All colors used for data are overlaid and printed on one plate so you can check the
finished result without separating the colors.
On
3
Cyan
Magenta
Off
Yellow
blacK
NOTE
•
•
•
This setting is only available for data having the overprint attribute set.
This setting does not apply overprinting to spot colors.
If a setting other than [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile' (See p.
3-87), overprinting is not applied.
•
If [On] is selected, the overall color may change compared to if [Off] is selected. If
color.
Brightness
85 to 115%; 100%*
This setting adjusts the brightness of the overall image. The settings can be set
between 85% and 115% in increments of 5%.
Selecting [85%] makes the image brighter, and selecting [115%] makes it darker.
NOTE
This function is only available if 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-92
Gray Compensation
On*, Off
This setting determines whether only black (K) toner is used.
If [On] is selected, black and gray data is printed using the black (K) toner only,
which lessens toner bleeding.
If [Off] is selected, black and gray data is printed using all four (CMYK) toners.
Gradation reproducibility of dark areas improves in comparison to [On].
3
Test
Test
Test
Gray Compensation [On]
Gray Compensation [Off]
Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Size
On, Off*
This setting enlarges or reduces the original document to match the printable area
of the paper size.
If [On] is selected, the document is reduced to a page size that fits the paper size
if the page size specified in the PDF file is larger than the printable area of the
paper size. Conversely, the original document is enlarged to a page size that fills
the paper size if the page size specified in the PDF file is smaller than the
printable area of the paper size.
NOTE
•
•
If you specify [Auto] in 'Paper Size' using the Remote UI, this setting is not applied.
The PDF file page size is enlarged or reduced with the same ratio for both the
length and width.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-93
Enlarge Print Area
On, Off*
This setting specifies whether to enlarge the printable area to the edge of the
paper.
If [On] is selected, the printable area is enlarged to 0 mm from the top, bottom,
left, and right edges of the paper. If the PDF file page aspect ratio is the same as
the specified paper size, you can print without inserting any blank spaces on the
edge of the paper.
If [Off] is selected, the printable area is reduced to 4 mm from the top, bottom, left,
and right edges of the paper.
3
NOTE
If [On] is selected, images on the edge of the paper may not print properly.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-94
N-up Print
Off*, 2 on 1, 4 on 1, 6 on 1, 8 on 1, 9 on 1, and 16 on 1
You can print several pages of PDF file data on 1 sheet of paper. Multiple pages
are printed from (top) left to right.
Example: If 'Vertical' is specified in the PDF file Page Setup.
2 on 1
4 on 1
6 on 1
3
8 on 1
9 on 1
16 on 1
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-95
Halftones
Text: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
Graphics: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
Image: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error Diffusion
This setting specifies how you print halftones.
Halftoning is used to print each process color at a different intensity, allowing
millions of different color to be reproduced using only the four process colors.
Depending on the required intensity of a given color, toner is placed on paper in
dots of different sizes. The grid of dots used for each toner color is called a
screen. Halftone screens are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate
interference patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can arise with
halftoning.
3
If [Resolution] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the resolution of
the images is used. This helps eliminate the appearance of jagged or uneven
lines along the edges of objects and is best for printing standard text and
graphics.
If [Gradation] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the appearance of
smooth changes in tone is used. This is best for reproducing images with delicate
gradations or changes of tone.
If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that gives priority to
printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for printing images with small text or
very fine lines.
Resolution
Gradation
Error Diffusion
The above dithering patterns are examples.
IMPORTANT
The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
NOTE
A dither pattern creates the illusion of varying shades of gray or additional colors by
treating areas of an image as groups of dots that are colored in different patterns.
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-96
Comment Print
Auto*, On, and Off
This setting specifies whether to print annotations in the PDF file.
If [Auto] is selected, only the annotations specified for printing in the PDF file are
printed.
If [On] is selected, all annotations are printed.
If [Off] is selected, no annotations are printed.
Spot Color Matching
3
On, Off*
This setting enables you to specify the optimum method of reproducing Spot
Colors.
Using a named color profile, you can print converting to the device-independent
color matching the spot color.
NOTE
•
For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your
local authorized Canon dealer.
•
This setting is invalid even when set to [On], as named color profiles are not
preinstalled as the default. Before applying this setting, download any necessary
named color profiles to this machine.
Advanced Smoothing
Advanced Smoothing: Off, Smooth 1*, and Smooth 2
Graphics: On, Off*
Text: On*, Off
This setting smooths jagged outlines of graphics (illustrations created by
application software) and characters.
[Smooth 2] performs a higher level of smoothing than [Smooth 1]. If [Smooth 1] is
selected and the results are still not printed smoothly, select [Smooth 2].
By switching the on/off for 'Graphics' and 'Text', you can select whether to apply
smoothing to graphics or text data.
IMPORTANT
•
This setting allows you to apply smoothing to graphics data and text data.
Smoothing is not applied to image data.
•
The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-97
NOTE
•
'Graphics' and 'Text' can only be selected when [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is
selected for Advanced Smoothing.
•
The results of Advanced Smoothing may differ depending on the characters and
graphics patterns.
3
PDF1.5 Settings
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-98
Utility Menu
NOTE
Hard disk initialization is only available for the PCL or PS Printer.
Initialize PCL Hard Disk
3
—
If trouble occurs when fonts or macros are downloaded from a personal computer
to this machine using the download utility, initialize the PCL hard disk partition.
For details, see "If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a
IMPORTANT
•
•
This function can only be selected if the System Management Mode is set.
Never initialize the PCL hard disk when the machine is operating normally. Before
initializing, be sure to read "If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros
Initialize PS Hard Disk
—
If trouble occurs when fonts or macros are downloaded from a personal computer
to the machine using the download utility, initialize the PS hard disk partition.
For details, see "If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a
IMPORTANT
•
•
This function can only be selected if the System Management Mode is set.
Never initialize the PS hard disk when the machine is operating normally. Before
initializing, be sure to read "If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros
Utility Menu
3-99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Reset Printer
—
If you want to clear all print jobs in progress as well as data that has been
received in memory, you must reset the printer function. Resetting the printer
deletes print jobs in the machine's memory and the print data that has been
received by all interfaces.
NOTE
•
If the machine is being used in a network, please note that resetting the printer
function may affect data being received from other users.
•
If you reset the printer function, data is deleted for print jobs that have already been
received, or received while the printer function is being reset. However, in some
cases, the data is not deleted from the machine's memory, and the print job may
not print correctly. Canon recommends that you reset the printer function to delete
the data and print the job again.
3
•
If you have downloaded fonts to the machine from a Macintosh computer, you
need to restart the machine or reset the printer function from this menu, in order to
enable the downloaded fonts when spool printing.
Utility Menu
3-100
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4
Report Settings Menu
CHAPTER
This chapter describes how to use the Report Settings menu to check the configuration of the
print function or print a font list, color test page, or color chart. This menu is only available for
the PCL or PS Printer.
Overview of Report Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
PS Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
RGB Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
RGB Color Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overview of Report Settings
The following table lists all settings of the Report Settings menu.
NOTE
This menu is only available for the PCL or PS Printer.
■ Printer Menu
Applicable
Page
Item
Settings
4
PCL
Configuration Page
Font List
—
—
PS
Configuration Page
Font List
—
—
—
—
—
—
RGB Test Page
CMYK Test Page
RGB Color Chart
CMYK Color Chart
Overview of Report Settings
4-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PCL Menu
Configuration Page
—
Details of RAM capacity, settings in the printer's menus, etc., are printed.
If you select Configuration Page, the confirmation message <Print the
Configuration page?> is displayed. If you select [Yes], the configuration page is
printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.
4
Font List
—
ID numbers, names, and samples of fonts held by the printer are printed.
If you select Font List, the confirmation message <Print the Font list?> is
displayed.
If you select [Yes], the font list is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.
PCL Menu
4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PS Menu
Configuration Page
—
Details of RAM capacity, settings in the printer's menus, etc., are printed.
If you select Configuration Page, the confirmation message <Print the
Configuration page?> is displayed. If you select [Yes], the configuration page is
printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.
4
Font List
—
Names and samples of fonts held by the printer are printed.
If you select Font List, the confirmation message <Print the Font list?> is
displayed.
If you select [Yes], the font list is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.
RGB Test Page
—
Settings and samples of RGB color held by the printer are printed.
If you select Test Page, the confirmation message <Print the RGB Test Page?> is
displayed.
If you select [Yes], the test page is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.
CMYK Test Page
—
Settings and samples of CMYK color held by the printer are printed.
If you select Test Page, the confirmation message <Print the CMYK Test Page?>
is displayed.
If you select [Yes], the test page is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.
PS Menu
4-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
RGB Color Chart
—
Settings and RGB color chart held by the printer are printed.
If you select Color Chart, the confirmation message <Print the RGB Color Chart?>
is displayed.
If you select [Yes], the test page is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.
CMYK Color Chart
—
Settings and CMYK color chart held by the printer are printed.
4
If you select Color Chart, the confirmation message <Print the CMYK Color
Chart?> is displayed.
If you select [Yes], the test page is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.
PS Menu
4-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4
PS Menu
4-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
How to Use the Direct Print
Function
5
CHAPTER
This chapter describes Direct Printing features, system environments that you can use the
Remote UI in, and how to use the Direct Print function.
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Printing Directly from the Remote UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Printing Directly Using the Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overview of Direct Printing
Direct Print is a print function that enables you to send a file without using a printer
driver from the host terminal to the machine, which recognizes the file. Therefore,
you do not need to open the file to print it.
You can print a PDF file or an Image file (TIFF/JPEG) by specifying the location on
your computer or URL from the Remote UI.
You can also use the Direct Print function by entering a command (LPR command)
in the command prompt.
IMPORTANT
5
•
•
To make the Direct Print function available, first register the license, then turn the main
power of the machine OFF and then ON again, and finally initializing the printer's settings
to their default values. For more information, see "Reset Printer," on p. 3-100.
Settings" are available from the touch panel display. For settings with these menus, see
Chapter 3, "Printer Settings Menu."
Overview of Direct Printing
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-2
System Requirements
The system requirements for the Remote UI are as follows:
■ Windows
• OS (Operating System)
- Microsoft Windows 98
- Microsoft Windows Me
- Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional
- Microsoft Windows XP
- Microsoft Windows Vista
• Web Browser
5
- Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01 SP2, or later
- Netscape Communicator 4.6, or later
■ Macintosh
• OS (Operating System)
Mac OS 8.6, or later
• Web Browser
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0, or later
IMPORTANT
If you are using Netscape 6.2, click [Edit]
➞
select [Preferences]
➞
click [Advanced]
menu under Category click [Cache] set [Compare the page in the cache to the page
➞
➞
on the network:] to [Once per session] or [Never]. If you do not make this setting, you
may have problems accessing the machine using other web browsers.
NOTE
Apart from those mentioned above, no other software, such as a web server, is
necessary. (There already is a web server inside the machine.)
System Requirements
5-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
You can print PDF files or Image files (TIFF/JPEG) directly from the Remote UI,
without having to open the files. For more information on the basic operations of the
Remote UI, see the Remote UI Guide. To print a PDF file directly from the Remote
UI, follow the instructions below.
NOTE
•
•
The Direct Print function is only available for the PS Printer.
Even in cases where you cannot print a file or if the print output is out of alignment using
the Direct Print function, you may still be able to open the file in an application and print it
using the printer driver.
5
Printing PDF Files Directly
Follow the steps below for Direct Printing of a PDF file from the Remote UI.
IMPORTANT
•
•
The Direct Print function for PDF files supports PDF version 1.5; some functions are not
supported. PDF files that are version 1.6 or later are printed with only the specifications
that are supported by version 1.5 (however, some functions are not supported).
The following items are not supported for PDF version 1.5.
- JBIG2 decoder
- JPEG2000 decoder
- File Specifications (Reference to an external file is not supported.)
- Public Key Security Handler (Support is limited to the PDF Standard Security Handler.)
- PS X Object
- Transfer Functions
- Halftones
- Transparency Groups
- Free Text Annotations (XHTML, XML, and CSS are not supported.)
- Field Dictionaries (Rich Text strings are not supported.)
- Digital Signatures (A signature will be printed although its authenticity will not be
verified. If an icon exists to indicate the presence of a signature in the PDF file or of an
edited signature, printing will still occur without an indication of authenticity.)
- File Identifiers (Reference to an external file is not supported.)
- Output Intents
- Open Prepress Interface (OPI)
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-4
1
2
Start your web browser ➞ enter the appropriate URL into
[Address] or [Location].
http://<the IP address of the device>/
NOTE
•
•
•
If you do not know the appropriate URL, consult your system administrator.
For details on how to start the Remote UI, see the Remote UI Guide.
When the printer's host name is registered on the DNS server, you can enter it in
place of the IP address in [Host Name.Domain Name].
Example : http://my_printer.xy_dept.company.com
5
Click [Direct Print] ➞ select [PDF File] from the menu that
appears under [Direct Print].
If Department ID Management is set, a dialog box prompting you to enter the
Department ID and password appears. Enter the Department ID and password
➞ click [OK].
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-5
3
Specify the location of the PDF file that you want to print.
● To Specify the [File Path]
❑ Click [Browse] ➞ click [Open] after selecting the file.
5
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-6
● To Specify the [URL]
❑ Enter the URL of the PDF file you want to print.
* For URLs that need user certification, enter the [User] and [Password].
5
NOTE
•
If you specify a PDF file by entering its URL, the next print job cannot be processed
until the PDF file is downloaded or until the browser disconnects from the web
server.
•
Only HTTP protocol is supported when you print a PDF file by entering its URL.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-7
4
Enter the password in [Document Password] to open PDF
files that have a password specified.
5
IMPORTANT
•
•
•
If you try to print without entering the password, the error message <PDL PDF
Data Decode Err> is displayed and printing is canceled.
Enter the master password in [Document Password] to print a password protected
PDF file.
You do not need to enter a password if the only password specified is the
password (master password) to change the security settings.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-8
5
Specify the settings for [Specify Print Range].
Select [All] to print every page.
If you want to specify the pages to print by the page number, click [Pages] ➞
enter the page numbers. Only the setting for the item whose radio button is
selected will be effective.
5
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
5-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6
Specify the settings under [Quality Settings] according to
your preference.
5
Details of each menu are shown below.
[Resolution]
This setting specifies the resolution for printing.
Resolution is expressed in units of dpi (dots per inch),
indicating the number of dots in one inch. The higher the value,
the greater the resolution, allowing finer expression of detail.
• If [600 dpi] is selected, you can perform printing suited to
general documents and tables.
• If [1200 dpi] is selected, characters and lines can be finely
printed.
* This function is only available for Color imageRUNNER C2550
if the optional 1200dpi Print Expansion Board is attached.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-10
[Halftones]
This setting specifies how you print halftones.
Halftoning is used to print each process color at a different
intensity, allowing millions of different color to be reproduced
using only the four process colors.
Depending on the required intensity of a given color, toner is
placed on paper in dots of different sizes. The grid of dots
used for each toner color is called a screen. Halftone screens
are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate interference
patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can
arise with halftoning.
• If [Resolution] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority
to the resolution of the images is used. This helps eliminate the
appearance of jagged or uneven lines along the edges of
objects and is best for printing standard text and graphics.
• If [Gradation] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to
the appearance of smooth changes in tone is used. This is best
for reproducing images with delicate gradations or changes of
tone.
• If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that
gives priority to printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for
printing images with small text or very fine lines.
5
[Advanced
Smoothing]
This setting smooths jagged outlines of graphics (illustrations
created by application software) and characters.
[Smooth 2] performs a higher level of smoothing than [Smooth
1]. If [Smooth 1] is selected and the results are still not printed
smoothly, select [Smooth 2].
By enabling the 'Graphics' and 'Text' options, you can select
whether to apply smoothing to graphics or text data.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-11
7
Specify the settings under [Color Settings] according to your
preference.
5
Details of each menu are shown below.
[Color Mode]
This setting enables you to set the color mode you want to
specify when printing.
• If [Auto-Color Select] or [Full Color] is selected, the machine
automatically detects whether the page is reproduced using
black (K) only or all four colors: cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow
(Y), and black (K).
• If [Black] is selected, data is printed in black (K) only, even if
the original is in color.
[Render Color
Space]
This setting specifies the PDF file rendering method.
• If [Auto] is selected, the color space setting switches
between RGB and CMYK on every page.
• If [CMYK] is selected, the color space setting is specified as
CMYK. It is used if the color is different between pages when
you print a job with multiple pages.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-12
[RGB Source
Profile]
This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (color data
represented using the RGB (Red Green Blue) color model) that
is appropriate for the characteristics of your monitor. This
setting is applied when printing a document containing color
images or graphics made by the RGB color model.
[sRGB]
This setting specifies the industry standard definition for
generic Windows (PC) monitors. If you are using an sRGB
compatible monitor, you can print out colors close to how they
appear on your monitor.
[Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4]
These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of
the RGB data. The higher the value, the darker the printout.
[None]
When this setting is selected, device dependent RGB data is
converted into CMYK without applying the RGB profile.
[Download Profile]
This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from
the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource
Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.
5
[CMYK
Simulation
Profile]
This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print
the CMYK (Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine
converts CMYK data into a device dependent CMYK color
model based on the simulation target selected in the CMYK
Simulation Profile.
[JapanColor(Canon)]
This setting uses the JapanColor profile. This is for obtaining a
printout closely matching the printing standard in Japan.
[US Web Coated(Canon)]
This setting uses the U.S. Web Coated profile. This is for
obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in
the USA.
[Euro Standard]
This setting uses the Euro Standard profile. This is for obtaining
a printout closely matching the printing standard in Europe.
[None]
When this setting is selected, device dependent CMYK data is
printed as is without applying the CMYK profile.
[Download Profile]
This setting uses custom simulation target that you have
downloaded from the host computer to this machine using
NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100
profiles.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-13
[Output Profile] This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate
for the data you are going to print. It is applied to all data in the
print job, so make sure the selected profile is right for your job.
[Normal]
This setting prints the colors closely matching the ones
displayed on your monitor.
[Photo]
This setting prints colors close to photographic prints.
[Download Profile]
This setting uses custom simulation target that you have
downloaded from the host computer to this machine using
NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100
profiles.
[Matching
Method]
This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the
RGB Source Profile is applied. This machine includes a color
management system that provides the following color
rendering styles.
[Perceptual]
5
This setting produces the best results for photographic or
bitmapped images.
[Saturation]
This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams
used in business presentations.
[Colorimetric]
This setting provides a close match to the RGB color value of
the machine's printing range.
[Use Grayscale You can convert device dependent gray data into CMYK data
Profile]
by using the Grayscale Profile of the machine. However, the
data may be reproduced using only the black (K) toner,
depending upon the Pure Black Text or Output Profile.
[Pure Black Text] This setting affects the printout for black (R=G=B=0% or
C=M=Y=100%/Bk=N%) text on a page. Under most
circumstances it is preferable to leave this option selected.
If you enable this option, black colors generated by
applications are printed using only 100% black toner. This
means that the color toner will not be misaligned since only one
toner color (black) is used.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-14
[Black Overprint] This setting allows you to choose a specific way to print black
text when printing black text over a color background or
graphics.
If you enable this option, you can overprint black text. When
this setting is used in combination with the Pure Black Text
option, the machine first prints the full color background, then
lays the black text on the top of the color background as 100%
K (black) toner. Overprinting also reduces misalignment of
colors and a halo effect that can appear around the edge of
the text.
[Use Composite You can overprint device-dependent CMYK data as composite
Overprinting]
output.
All colors used for data are overlaid and printed on one plate
so you can check the finished result without separating the
colors.
[Brightness]
This setting adjusts the brightness of the overall image. The
settings can be set between 85% and 115% in increments of
5%.
5
Selecting [85%] makes the image brighter, and selecting
[115%] makes it darker.
[Perform Gray
This setting determines whether only black (K) toner is used.
Compensation] If you enable this option, black and gray data is printed using
the black (K) toner only, which lessens toner bleeding.
[Perform Spot
Color Matching] reproducing Spot Colors.
Using a named color profile, you can print converting to the
This setting enables you to specify the optimum method of
device-independent color matching the spot color.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
5-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8
Specify the settings under [Print Settings] according to your
preference.
5
Details of each menu are shown below.
[Copies]
This setting enables you to specify the number of copies
printed.
[Paper Size]
This setting specifies the output paper size.
• If [Auto] is selected, the most appropriate paper source is
selected according to the PDF file page size.
• If a setting other than [Auto] is selected, the file is printed so
that the orientation of the long edge of the PDF file page size
and the long edge of the selected paper matches.
If the PDF file page size exceeds the largest or smallest size of
the user defined paper, jobs are canceled. (They are not
included in the Prints count.)
[Paper Type]
This setting specifies the output paper type.
[Manual Feed] This setting enables you to fix the paper feed source to manual
feed.
[Enlarge/Reduce If you select the checkbox, the selected page size is enlarged
to Fit Paper Size] or reduced with the same ratio for both the length and width to
print within the printable area. However this function is not
available if [Auto] is selected in [Paper Size].
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-16
[Enlarge Print
Area]
This setting specifies whether to enlarge the printable area to
the edge of the paper.
[2-Sided]
This setting specifies whether to print on one-side or both sides
of the paper.
[Binding
Location]
This setting specifies whether to place the binding position
along the long edge or the short edge of the paper. If the
margin is specified on the touch panel display, the binding
margin position is automatically adjusted on the front and back
sides of the paper.
[Page Layout]
[Page Order]
[Finishing]*
You can print multiple pages of PDF data on one page.
* If you print multiple pages, select a setting other than [Auto] in
'Paper Size'.
If you print multiple pages on one page in the [Page Layout]
settings, you can specify the order that the pages are arranged
onto the source paper.
5
This setting specifies whether to print in pages or copies.
• If [Off] is selected, all copies of the same page are printed
before the next page is printed.
• If [Collate (Page order)] is selected, all pages of each copy
are printed before the next copy is printed.
• If [Group (Same pages)] is selected, all copies of the same
page are printed before the next page is printed.
• If [Staple] is selected, all pages of each copy (collating) are
printed and stapled.
[Rotate]*
• If the checkbox and [Collate (Page order)] are selected in
[Finishing], all pages of each copy (collating) are printed, and
rotates every other complete copy 90 degrees to indicate
where each copy starts.
• If the checkbox and [Group (Same pages)] are selected in
[Finishing], all copies of the same page are printed before
printing the next page. It rotates every other complete set of
pages 90 degrees to indicate where each new set starts.
[Offset]*
• If the checkbox and [Collate (Page order)] are selected in
[Finishing], all pages of each copy (collating) are printed, and
every other complete copy is offset to indicate where each
copy starts.
• If the checkbox and [Group (Same pages)] are selected in
[Finishing], all copies of the same page are printed before
printing the next page. Every other complete set of pages is
offset to indicate where each new set starts.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-17
[Hole Punch]*
This setting allows you to punch holes in the printed-paper.
Select the checkbox and one of either [Left], [Right], [Top], or
[Bottom].
If you select both the staple and punch settings, specify the
punch and staple settings so the positions match. If the
positions do not match (for example, the staple position is on
the right and the punch position is on the left), both settings are
void and the paper is printed without either stapling or
punching.
[Staple Position]*
This setting specifies the staple position if [Staple] is selected
in [Finishing].
• If [Corner] is selected, you can select one of either [Top Left],
[Top Right], [Bottom Left], or [Bottom Right].
• If [Double] is selected, you can select one of either [Left],
[Right], [Top], or [Bottom].
[Booklet]
This setting enables you to prepare the printout for binding as
a booklet. Booklet printing is a process whereby two pages of
data are printed on the front and back of one page and it is
folded in half to create a book.
5
[Saddle Stitch]*
This setting enables you to bind a finished print job by stapling
and folding the pages of a booklet in the center.
[Comment Print] This setting specifies whether to print annotations.
• If [Auto] is selected, only the annotations specified for
printing in the PDF file are printed.
• If [On] is selected, all annotations are printed.
• If [Off] is selected, no annotations are printed.
[Store In User
Inbox]
To store the data in a User Inbox, select [Store In User Inbox]
and then select the destination User Inbox.
[DocumentNameTo store the data in a User Inbox, you can specify the
after Storing]
document name.
The document name cannot exceed 24 characters.
* The settings and settings values displayed on the Remote UI differ depending on which options are
attached.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-18
9
Click [Start Print].
5
Click [Reset] to return the settings to their default values.
Do not click [Start Print] continuously during file transfer. The file transfer process
may take some time, but continuously clicking [Start Print] may cause the file to
crash and not transfer.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-19
After sending of a print job is completed, the screen changes and the following
message appears.
5
Click [to Job List] to verify sent print jobs that have already been sent.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-20
Printing PS/EPS Files Directly
Follow the steps below for Direct Printing of a PS/EPS file from the Remote UI.
1
Start your web browser ➞ enter the appropriate URL into
[Address] or [Location].
http://<the IP address of the device>/
NOTE
•
•
•
If you do not know the appropriate URL, consult your system administrator.
5
For details on how to start the Remote UI, see the Remote UI Guide.
When the printer's host name is registered on the DNS server, you can enter it in
place of the IP address in [Host Name.Domain Name].
Example : http://my_printer.xy_dept.company.com
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-21
2
Click [Direct Print] ➞ select [PS/EPS File] from the menu that
appears under [Direct Print].
5
If Department ID Management is set, a dialog box prompting you to enter the
Department ID and password appears. Enter the Department ID and password
➞ click [OK].
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-22
3
Specify the location of the PS/EPS file that you want to print.
Click [Browse] ➞ click [Open] after selecting the file.
5
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-23
4
Specify the settings under [Print Settings] according to your
preference.
5
Details of each menu are shown below.
[Color Mode]
This setting enables you to set the color mode you want to
specify when printing.
• If [Auto-Color Select] is selected, the machine automatically
detects whether the page is reproduced using black (K) only or
all four colors: cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black
(K).
• If [Black] is selected, data is printed in black (K) only, even if
the original is in color.
[Resolution]
This setting specifies the resolution for printing.
Resolution is expressed in units of dpi (dots per inch),
indicating the number of dots in one inch. The higher the value,
the greater the resolution, allowing finer expression of detail.
• If [600 dpi] is selected, you can perform printing suited to
general documents and tables.
• If [1200 dpi] is selected, characters and lines can be finely
printed.
* This function is only available for Color imageRUNNER C2550
if the optional 1200dpi Print Expansion Board is attached.
[Copies]
This setting enables you to specify the number of copies
printed.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-24
[2-Sided]
This setting specifies whether to print on one-side or both sides
of the paper.
[Binding
Location]
This setting specifies whether to place the binding position
along the long edge or the short edge of the paper. If the
margin is specified on the touch panel display, the binding
margin position is automatically adjusted on the front and back
sides of the paper.
[Finishing]*
This setting specifies whether to print in pages or copies.
• If [Off] is selected, all copies of the same page are printed
before the next page is printed.
• If [Collate (Page order)] is selected, all pages of each copy
are printed before the next copy is printed.
• If [Group (Same pages)] is selected, all copies of the same
page are printed before the next page is printed.
• If [Staple] is selected, all pages of each copy (collating) are
printed and stapled.
5
[Rotate]*
• If the checkbox and [Collate (Page order)] are selected in
[Finishing], all pages of each copy (collating) are printed, and
rotates every other complete copy 90 degrees to indicate
where each copy starts.
• If the checkbox and [Group (Same pages)] are selected in
[Finishing], all copies of the same page are printed before
printing the next page. It rotates every other complete set of
pages 90 degrees to indicate where each new set starts.
[Offset]*
• If the checkbox and [Collate (Page order)] are selected in
[Finishing], all pages of each copy (collating) are printed, and
every other complete copy is offset to indicate where each
copy starts.
• If the checkbox and [Group (Same pages)] are selected in
[Finishing], all copies of the same page are printed before
printing the next page. Every other complete set of pages is
offset to indicate where each new set starts.
[Hole Punch]*
This setting allows you to punch holes in the printed-paper.
Select the checkbox and one of either [Left], [Right], [Top], or
[Bottom].
If you select both the staple and punch settings, specify the
punch and staple settings so the positions match. If the
positions do not match (for example, the staple position is on
the right and the punch position is on the left), both settings are
void and the paper is printed without either stapling or
punching.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-25
[Staple Position]*
This setting specifies the staple position if [Staple] is selected
in [Finishing].
• If [Corner] is selected, you can select one of either [Top Left],
[Top Right], [Bottom Left], or [Bottom Right].
• If [Double] is selected, you can select one of either [Left],
[Right], [Top], or [Bottom].
[Store In User
Inbox]
To store the data in a User Inbox, select [Store In User Inbox]
and then select the destination User Inbox.
[DocumentNameTo store the data in a User Inbox, you can specify the
after Storing]
document name.
The document name cannot exceed 24 characters.
* The settings and settings values displayed on the Remote UI differ depending on which options are
attached.
5
Click [Start Print].
5
Click [Reset] to return the settings to their default values.
Do not click [Start Print] continuously during file transfer. The file transfer process
may take some time, but continuously clicking [Start Print] may cause the file to
crash and not transfer.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-26
After sending of a print job is completed, the screen changes and the following
message appears.
5
Click [to Job List] to verify sent print jobs that have already been sent.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-27
Printing Image Files Directly
Follow the steps below for Direct Printing of a TIFF/JPEG image file from the
Remote UI.
Direct printing of image files for JPEG images supports specifications for ITU-T
Recommendation T.81.
TIFF images support specifications for Adobe TIFF Revision 6.0.
IMPORTANT
This machine supports the following encoding methods for JPEG images.
- Supported encoding
Baseline DCT encoding
- Non-supported encoding
Extended DCT encoding
Lossless encoding
Hierarchical encoding
5
This machine supports the following encoding methods for TIFF images.
- Supported encoding
Uncompressed
ITU-T Recommendation T.4 one-dimensional encoding
ITU-T Recommendation T.4 two-dimensional encoding
ITU-T Recommendation T.6 basic facsimile encoding
ITU-T Recommendation T.81 JPEG (Basic DCT methods only)
PackBits (Apple Macintosh PackBits methods)
- Non-supported encoding
LZW
ITU-T Recommendation T.82 JBIG (Bi-level black-and-white)
ITU-T Recommendation T.43 JBIG (Color)
ITU-T Recommendation T.44 MRC
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-28
1
2
Start your web browser ➞ enter the appropriate URL into
[Address] or [Location].
http://<the IP address of the device>/
NOTE
•
•
•
If you do not know the appropriate URL, consult your system administrator.
For details on how to start the Remote UI, see the Remote UI Guide.
When the printer's host name is registered on the DNS server, you can enter it in
place of the IP address in [Host Name.Domain Name].
Example : http://my_printer.xy_dept.company.com
5
Click [Direct Print] ➞ select [Image File] from the menu that
appears under [Direct Print].
If Department ID Management is set, a dialog box prompting you to enter the
Department ID and password appears. Enter the Department ID and password
➞ click [OK].
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-29
3
Specify the location of the Image file that you want to print.
Click [Browse] ➞ click [Open] after selecting the file.
5
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-30
4
Specify the settings for [Specify Print Range].
Select [All] to print every page.
If you want to specify the pages to print by the page number, click [Pages] ➞
enter the page numbers. Only the setting for the item whose radio button is
selected will be effective.
5
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-31
5
Specify the settings under [Print Settings] according to your
preference.
5
Details of each menu are shown below.
[Color Mode]
This setting enables you to set the color mode you want to
specify when printing.
• If [Auto-Color Select] is selected, the machine automatically
detects whether the page is reproduced using black (K) only or
all four colors: cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black
(K).
• If [Black] is selected, data is printed in black (K) only, even if
the original is in color.
[Copies]
This setting enables you to specify the number of copies
printed.
[Paper Size]
This setting specifies the output paper size.
• If [Auto] is selected, the most appropriate paper source is
selected according to the PDF file page size.
• If a setting other than [Auto] is selected, the file is printed so
that the orientation of the long edge of the PDF file page size
and the long edge of the selected paper matches.
If the PDF file page size exceeds the largest or smallest size of
the user defined paper, jobs are canceled. (They are not
included in the Prints count.)
[Paper Type]
This setting specifies the output paper type.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-32
[Image
Orientation]
This setting specifies whether to print an image vertically or
horizontally.
• If [Auto] is selected, orientation is automatically adjusted by
comparing length and width of the image (TIFF/JPEG data). If
the width is greater, the image is printed horizontally. If the
length is greater, the image is printed vertically.
• If [Vertical] is selected, the image is printed vertically
regardless of its dimensions.
• If [Horizontal] is selected, the image is printed horizontally
regardless of its dimensions.
[Print Position] This setting specifies the print position for the image.
• If [Auto] is selected, the image is printed in the specified
position of the paper if the print position for the TIFF data is
specified. If the print position is not specified, the image is
printed in the center of the paper.
• If [Center] is selected, the image is printed in the center of the
paper regardless of whether the print position of the TIFF data
is specified.
• If [Top Left] is selected, the image is printed in the top left of
the paper regardless of whether the print position of the TIFF
data is specified.
5
[Zoom]
This setting enlarges or reduces the size of an image to match
the printable area of the paper size specified.
If [Auto] is selected, the size of the image is automatically
enlarged or reduced to match the printable area of the
specified paper size. If the size of the image is larger than the
printable area, it is automatically reduced. If the size of the
image is smaller than the printable area, it is automatically
enlarged.
[Enlarge Print
Area]
This setting specifies whether to enlarge the printable area to
the edge of the paper.
[2-Sided]
This setting specifies whether to print on one-side or both sides
of the paper.
[Binding
Location]
This setting specifies whether to place the binding position
along the long edge or the short edge of the paper. If the
margin is specified on the touch panel display, the binding
margin position is automatically adjusted on the front and back
sides of the paper.
[Show Warnings] This setting specifies the action to be taken if an error
associated with printing an image occurs on the machine.
• If [On] is selected, an error message is displayed.
• If [Off] is selected, an error message is not displayed.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
5-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
[Enable Exif
Adjustment]
This setting prints Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format)
image data close to the conditions when the images were
taken. Images taken with digital cameras that support Exif
format contain embedded shooting criteria data, such as
exposure mode, white balance, flash on/off, and shooting
scene data, such as shooting modes for specific subjects.
[Halftones]
This setting specifies how you print halftones.
Halftoning is used to print each process color at a different
intensity, allowing millions of different color to be reproduced
using only the four process colors.
Depending on the required intensity of a given color, toner is
placed on paper in dots of different sizes. The grid of dots
used for each toner color is called a screen. Halftone screens
are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate interference
patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can
arise with halftoning.
• If [Resolution] is selected, you can print text with distinct
outlines, which is best to print text and thin lines.
• If [Gradation] is selected, you can print with both smooth
gradation and outlines, which is best to print graphs and
graphics that use gradation.
5
• If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that
gives priority to printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for
printing images with small text or very fine lines.
[RGB Source
Profile]
This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (color data
represented using the RGB (Red Green Blue) color model) that
is appropriate for the characteristics of your monitor. This
setting is applied when printing a document containing color
images or graphics made by the RGB color model.
[sRGB]
This setting specifies the industry standard definition for
generic Windows (PC) monitors. If you are using an sRGB
compatible monitor, you can print out colors close to how they
appear on your monitor.
[Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4]
These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of
the RGB data. The higher the value, the darker the printout.
[Download Profile]
This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from
the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource
Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-34
[CMYK
Simulation
Profile]
This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print
the CMYK (Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine
converts CMYK data into a device dependent CMYK color
model based on the simulation target selected in the CMYK
Simulation Profile.
[JapanColor(Canon)]
This setting uses the JapanColor profile. This is for obtaining a
printout closely matching the printing standard in Japan.
[US Web Coated(Canon)]
This setting uses the U.S. Web Coated profile. This is for
obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in
the USA.
[Euro Standard]
This setting uses the Euro Standard profile. This is for obtaining
a printout closely matching the printing standard in Europe.
[Download Profile]
This setting uses custom simulation target that you have
downloaded from the host computer to this machine using
NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100
profiles.
5
[Output Profile] This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate
for the data you are going to print. It is applied to all data in the
print job, so make sure the selected profile is right for your job.
[Normal]
This setting prints the colors closely matching the ones
displayed on your monitor.
[Photo]
This setting prints colors close to photographic prints.
[Matching
Method]
This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the
RGB Source Profile is applied. This machine includes a color
management system that provides the following color
rendering styles.
[Perceptual]
This setting produces the best results for photographic or
bitmapped images.
[Saturation]
This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams
used in business presentations.
[Colorimetric]
This setting provides a close match to the RGB color value of
the machine's printing range.
[Perform Gray
This setting determines whether only black (K) toner is used.
Compensation] If you enable this option, black and gray data is printed using
the black (K) toner only, which lessens toner bleeding.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-35
6
Click [Start Print].
5
Click [Reset] to return the settings to their default values.
Do not click [Start Print] continuously during file transfer. The file transfer process
may take some time, but continuously clicking [Start Print] may cause the file to
crash and not transfer.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-36
After sending of a print job is completed, the screen changes and the following
message appears.
5
Click [to Job List] to verify sent print jobs that have already been sent.
Printing Directly from the Remote UI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-37
Printing Directly Using the Command Prompt
You can print directly by entering the LPR command in the command prompt.
You can also set the direct printing settings from the touch panel display when you
send data to this machine for direct printing via the LPR command prompt or the
Remote UI.
• Specifies from the command prompt
You can specify LPR command settings with the P option, where each item is
separated with an underscore ( _ ). The following commands are supported with
this machine.
5
Item
Command
Paper Size
Layout
LETTER, LEGAL, LEDGER (11" x 17"), A3, A4, A5, B4, B5
SIMP (One-sided), DUPL (Two-sided/Long Edge),
DUPS (Two-sided/Short Edge)
Copies
C<Number of copies>.
Command example (with Paper Size as "LETTER," Layout as "DUPL," and Copies
as "20"):
Input Example : lpr -S <IP Address> -P LETTER_DUPL_C20 <file name>
NOTE
If settings have not been specified from the command prompt, settings in the touch panel
display will be enabled.
Printing Directly Using the Command Prompt
5-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6
Troubleshooting
CHAPTER
This chapter explains how to solve printing problems and the remedial steps to take if printing
fails.
Responding to Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Responding to Error Messages
When the Error indicator is orange, printing is not possible. If this happens during
printing, the print operation stops. Read the displayed error message to determine
the appropriate actions necessary to correct the problem.
This section describes how to handle error messages that appear on the touch
panel display. The two types of error messages are:
• Service Call Messages
• Error Messages
NOTE
Other messages that may appear indicate the current condition of the machine.
6
Resetting the Machine after a Service Call Message
If a Service Call message occurs (Exxx-xxxx, where x represents a number), use
the following procedure to clear the message.
1
Press
(Additional Functions).
Reset
ABC
TUV
DEF
MNO
WXYZ
GHI
Help
PQRS
Additional Functions
Stop
Start
Display Contr
Log In/Out
Clear
Responding to Error Messages
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-2
2
3
Press [Printer Settings].
When a Service Call error occurs, the normal Printer Settings screen does not
appear and only the Reset Printer screen appears.
Press [Yes].
IMPORTANT
If the Service Call error message still appears after you have performed this
procedure, make a note of the number of the message and contact your local
authorized Canon dealer with the number of the message and the conditions when
the error occurred.
6
Responding to Error Messages
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-3
When a Message Is Displayed
If the machine is unable to print for some reason, the Error indicator lights up and a
message indicating the cause of the problem is displayed on the touch panel
display. When these messages are displayed, take the appropriate action to solve
the problem.
NOTE
•
If a message indicating another problem occurs at the same time as the first error
message, a warning message will not be displayed.
•
If the message is shown with the "Error Skip" mark, you can bypass the error and
continue printing by pressing [Error skip]. However, if you do this, print data may be lost
or the data may not be printed correctly. If you want to cancel the procedure, cancel the
print job to remove the cause of the problem, and print the data again.
•
•
For instructions on performing an error skip from the touch panel display, see "Skipping
6
For instructions on canceling a print job from the touch panel display, see "Canceling
E730-1001 PDL Initialize Error
Service Call
Cause
An error occurred during the initialization of the printer function.
Remedy
Perform a printer reset to try to initialize the function again. (See "Reset Printer,"
on p. 3-100.) If this error persists, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
E730-100A PDL Service Call
Service Call
Cause
An internal error has occurred.
Remedy
Perform a printer reset to try to initialize the function again. (See "Reset Printer,"
on p. 3-100.) If this error persists, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
E730-100B PDL Font Error
Service Call
Cause
A master font error has occurred.
Remedy
Perform a printer reset to try to initialize the function again. (See "Reset Printer,"
on p. 3-100.) If this error persists, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-4
PDL Font Memory Full
Error Skip
Cause
The machine's memory space allocated for fonts is full and printing cannot
proceed.
Remedy
Change the font setting in the printer driver and try printing again. Alternatively
reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of fonts that need
to be downloaded to the machine.
PDL HD Error
Error Skip
Cause
The machine has reported a hard disk error.
Remedy
problem persists, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
PDL Image Memory Full
Error Skip
Cause
The machine's memory space allocated for images is full and printing cannot
proceed.
6
Remedy
Change the image setting in the printer driver and try printing again.
Alternatively reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of
images that need to be downloaded to the machine.
PDL IMG Initial. Err
Cause
The amount of memory required for printing TIFF or JPEG images could not be
obtained at the beginning of the printing process.
Remedy
After canceling the print job, reset the printer to increase the amount of
available memory and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as
secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.) (See "Reset
PDL IMG Invalid Data
Error Skip
Cause
There is data in the TIFF or JPEG images that cannot be processed by the
machine.
Remedy
Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-5
PDL IMG Process. Error
Cause
An error occurred while processing TIFF or JPEG images.
Remedy
After canceling the print job, reset the printer and print again. (Note that print
data in memory such as secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be
PDL IMG Work Memory Full
Error Skip
Cause There is not enough memory necessary to process TIFF or JPEG images.
Remedy 1 After canceling the print job, reset the printer to increase the amount of
available memory and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as
secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.) (See "Reset
Remedy 2 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
6
PDL L. PAPER+1200dpi Err
Cause
There is not enough memory necessary to process the print job because
'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi] and you are printing on large scale paper.
Remedy
Set 'Resolution' in the printer driver to [600 dpi] and try printing again.
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See
PDL Macro Memory Full
Error Skip
Cause
The machine's memory space allocated for macros is full and printing cannot
proceed.
Remedy
Change the macro setting in the printer driver and try printing again.
Alternatively reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of
macros that need to be downloaded to the machine.
PDL Memory Full
Error Skip
Cause
The machine's memory is full and printing cannot proceed.
Remedy
Change the mode setting in the printer driver and try printing again, or reduce
the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of fonts, macros, images,
or patterns that need to be downloaded to the machine.
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-6
PDL Pattern Memory Full
Error Skip
Cause
The machine's memory space allocated for patterns is full and printing cannot
proceed.
Remedy
Change the pattern setting in the printer driver and try printing again.
Alternatively reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of
patterns that need to be downloaded to the machine.
PDL PDF Access Error
Cause
An error occurred when PDF data was being loaded.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
PDL PDF Analy. Acc. Err
Cause
An error occurred when PDF data was being loaded.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
6
PDL PDF Color Analy. Err
Cause
A color space definition that cannot be rendered by the machine was sent.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
PDL PDF Comp. Analy. Err
Error Skip
Cause
There was compressed data in the PDF page that cannot be processed by the
machine.
Remedy 1 Try printing again with PDF data that is compatible with the machine.
Remedy 2 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
NOTE
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-7
PDL PDF Data Decode Err
Cause 1
Remedy
Cause 2
Remedy
The password you entered in the PDF file is incorrect.
Enter the correct password and print the data again.
The Security settings in the PDF file do not allow printing.
Change the setting to allow printing.
NOTE
If you enter an incorrect password for a PDF data with restrictions on low resolution
printing, this error will not be displayed. Instead, the printed PDF will be of low quality.
PDL PDF Data Error
Cause
Error Skip
Damaged PDF data or PDF data that cannot be processed by the machine was
sent.
Remedy 1 Try printing again with PDF data that is compatible with the machine.
6
Remedy 2 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
NOTE
PDL PDF Data Process Err
Cause
PDF data that cannot be processed by the machine was sent.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
PDL PDF Data Scan Error
Cause
An error occurred when PDF data was being loaded.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
PDL PDF Error
Cause
PDF data that cannot be processed by the machine was sent.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-8
PDL PDF Font Error
Cause
There is font in the PDF data that cannot be processed.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
PDL PDF HDD Access Error
Cause
An error occurred while the PDF data was being loaded from the hard disk.
Remedy
Turn off the machine's power, and turn it on again. Reset the printer and print
again. (Note that print data in memory such as secured print jobs and any jobs
being processed will be deleted.)
If this error persists, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
PDL PDF Initialize Error
Cause
An error occurred while the PDF processor was initializing.
Remedy
Turn off the machine's power, and turn it on again. Reset the printer and print
again. (Note that print data in memory such as secured print jobs and any jobs
being processed will be deleted.)
6
If this error persists, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
PDL PDF Memory Full
Cause
The machine's memory space allocated for PDF1.5 is full and printing cannot
proceed.
Remedy 1 After canceling the print job, optimize the PDF in Adobe Acrobat and reduce the
size of the data you are going to print at one time, such as by resetting the
resolution to an appropriate level, and try printing again. (See the Adobe
Acrobat Help.)
Remedy 2 After canceling the print job, reduce the number of pages to print at one time by
dividing the PDF data you are going to print in Adobe Acrobat into several files,
before trying to print again. (See the Adobe Acrobat Help.)
Remedy 3 After canceling the print job, open the data in the application software and print
again via the printer driver. (See the Adobe Acrobat Help.)
PDL PDF Output Sel. Err
Cause
An error occurred in the PDF data output mode.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-9
PDL PDF Page Comp. Error
Cause
There was compressed data in the PDF page that cannot be processed by the
machine.
Remedy 1 After canceling the print job, try printing again with PDF data that is compatible
with the machine.
Remedy 2 Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
PDL PDF Print Range Err
Cause
The range of the specified print pages is incorrect.
Remedy
After canceling the print job, check the number of pages in the PDF data, then
specify the correct printing range and try printing again.
NOTE
This error will not be displayed if there are printable pages within the printing range you
specified. For example, if a PDF data has five pages in it, and you specify a printing
range from page 2 to 10, then page 2 to 5 will be printed without an error being displayed.
6
PDL PDF Profile Error
Cause
An error occurred while the ICC profile was being processed.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
PDL PDF Rendering Error
Cause
An error occurred while PDF data was being rendered.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
PDL PDF Temp. File Error
Cause
An error occurred while a PDF temporary file was being processed.
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Remedy
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-10
PDL PDF Transparency Error
Error Skip
Cause There are transparent objects in the PDF data that the machine cannot process.
Remedy 1 After canceling the print job, optimize the PDF or flatten the transparent object
and convert it into a format that the machine can process and print again. (See
the Adobe Acrobat Help.)
Remedy 2 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
NOTE
PDL UFR II DL Mem. Full
Cause There is not enough memory to register the character set.
Error Skip
Remedy 1 Set the Graphics Mode in the UFR II printer driver to 'Raster Mode' and print the
data again. (See the Help function on the UFR II printer driver.)
6
Remedy 2 After canceling the print job, reset the printer to increase the amount of
available memory and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as
secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.) (See "Reset
Remedy 3 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
NOTE
PDL UFR II Invalid Data
Cause
An error occurred while processing data in UFR II Raster Mode.
Remedy
After canceling the print job, try printing again with a printer driver version that is
compatible with the machine.
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-11
PDL UFR II Layout Error
Cause The page layout cannot be processed due to lack of memory.
Error Skip
Remedy 1 Set the Graphics Mode in the UFR II printer driver to 'Raster Mode' and print the
data again. (See the Help function on the UFR II printer driver.)
Remedy 2 After canceling the print job, reset the printer to increase the amount of
available memory and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as
secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.) (See "Reset
Remedy 3 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
NOTE
PDL UFR II Version Err
Cause The machine received data from an incompatible UFR II version.
Error Skip
6
Remedy 1 Install a UFR II printer driver that can be used with your machine and then print
the data again.
Remedy 2 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
PDL UFR II Work Mem Full
Cause The work memory for the UFR II mode is full.
Error Skip
Remedy 1 Set the Graphics Mode in the UFR II printer driver to 'Raster Mode' and print the
data again. (See the Help function on the UFR II printer driver.)
Remedy 2 After canceling the print job, reset the printer to increase the amount of
available memory and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as
secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.) (See "Reset
Remedy 3 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
NOTE
When a Message Is Displayed
6-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PDL Warning
Cause
An internal error has occurred for the printer function.
Remedy
Perform a printer reset to try to initialize the function again. If this error persists,
contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Syntax Error
Cause
Error Skip
Data that cannot be processed by the machine was sent while printing in UFR II
mode.
Remedy
Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed
correctly.
6
When a Message Is Displayed
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-13
Printing Problems
If you have trouble printing, we recommend resolving the problems with the
following remedies.
NOTE
Please contact your local authorized Canon dealer if a problem persists, or if you
encounter problems not listed below.
Printer Trouble
The printer does not work.
Cause 1
There is data remaining in the printer's memory. (The Processing/Data indicator
is blinking or lit.)
6
Remedy
Cause 2
Remedy
There is a problem with the printer or the software.
Look at the message on the display and act accordingly. (See "When a
Printing stops before the job is complete.
Cause
There is data remaining in the printer's memory. (The Processing/Data indicator
is blinking or lit.)
Remedy
You cannot print a job or store a job.
Cause
The total number of pages in all jobs (maximum capacity is 6,000 pages) or size
of the data in the hard disk has exceeded the limit which can be processed.
Remedy 1 Delete other processes, documents, or forms stored in the box, cancel other
jobs being processed, or wait until those jobs are finished, then print again.
Remedy 2 Divide the job, then print again.
Printing Problems
6-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
You cannot store a secured print job.
Cause
The number of secured jobs stored in the machine has exceeded the maximum
capacity of 50 jobs, or the total number of pages that are stored or are in jobs
has exceeded the limit (6,000 pages).
Remedy
Delete other secured jobs, or wait until those jobs have finished printing, then
print again.
Printing Problems
Meaningless characters are being printed.
Cause 1
Remedy
You have printed from Windows without installing the printer driver for Windows
that was included with the machine.
Install the printer driver for Windows that was included with the machine and
print the data again. (See Chapter 2, "Getting Started," in the PCL Driver Guide,
the PS Driver Guide, or the UFR II Driver Guide.)
6
Cause 2
Remedy
MS-DOS application software printer settings are incompatible.
Reset the MS-DOS application software printer settings on a printer that is
compatible with the machine. (See the application software manual.)
A font that is different from the one specified is printed.
Cause
The 'Send According to Font Substitution Table' setting has been set on the
printer driver for Windows.
Remedy
Set the 'Send According to Font Substitution Table' setting to the correct setting
and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)
The machine does not output a blank page.
Cause
'Paper Save' in UFR II or PCL settings is set to [On].
Remedy
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-15
You cannot print the last page.
Cause
The command that identifies the end of the data has not been sent from the PC.
(The Processing/Data indicator is blinking or lit.)
Remedy
Clear the print data. (If you print from application software that does not have a
print function and the last page of data is not a full page, the data will remain in
A print job that you have specified as two-sided printing is printed on one side of the paper.
Cause 1
Remedy
Cause 2
Remedy
The paper size you have specified is not supported by two-sided printing.
Change the print job settings and print the data again.
The settings for the front and back sides of the paper are different.
Change the print job settings and print the data again.
The data does not fit on the page properly.
6
Cause 1
Remedy
The paper is not in the correct position.
Make sure the machine is set correctly and try printing again. (See Chapter 7,
"Routine Maintenance," in the Reference Guide.)
Cause 2
The data is outside the printable area.
Remedy 1 Insert margins around the data and print the data again. (See the Help function
on the printer driver or the application software manual.)
Remedy 2 Change the 'Scaling' settings on the printer driver and print the data again. (See
Chapter 3, "Basic Print Options," in the PCL Driver Guide, the PS Driver Guide,
or the UFR II Driver Guide.)
The printing location has slipped.
Cause 1
Remedy
Margin, Offset Short Edge, or Offset Long Edge in the printer settings menu
have been changed.
Set Margin, Offset Short Edge, and Offset Long Edge to '0.00' and print the data
Cause 2
Remedy
The application software's top margin and paper location settings are not
correct.
Set the correct settings for the top margin and the paper location and print the
data again. (See the application software manual.)
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-16
Data that should be printed on the same page is printed on two separate pages.
Cause 1
Remedy
The application software's "Line spacing" and "Number of lines on a page"
settings are not correct.
Change the settings so that the data fits on one page and print the data again.
(See the application software manual.)
Cause 2
Remedy
The 'Timeout' setting is too short, when the 'Personality' setting is set to [Auto].
Change the 'Personality' setting to a setting other than [Auto], or increase the
Print Quality Problems
The printout is too light or too dark.
Cause 1
Remedy
Cause 2
Remedy
The toner density settings are not correct.
6
Adjust the toner density and print the data again. (See "Density," on p. 3-17.)
'Toner Save' is set to [On].
Set 'Toner Save' to [Off] in the printer driver and print the data again. (See the
Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Toner
Cause 3
Remedy
The machine's density settings are not adjusted correctly.
Perform an Automatic Gradation Adjustment. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing
Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-17
Toner does not fix properly.
Cause
Toner may not fix well on some types of paper.
Remedy 1 Enable 'Gray Compensation' in the printer driver and print the data again. (See
the Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Gray
Remedy 2 Enable 'Prioritize Printing of Lines and Text' in the Windows PS printer driver or
Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the
PS printer driver.)
Remedy 3 Enable 'RGB Pure Black Process' or 'CMYK Pure Black Process' in the
Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again.
(See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)
NOTE
6
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "RGB Pure
The color does not match the other Color imageRUNNER C3480/C3480i/C3380/C3380i/
C3080/C3080i/C2880/C2880i/C2550 that you are using at the same time.
Cause 1
Remedy
There is a slight unevenness in the Y (Yellow), M (Magenta), C (Cyan), or K
(blacK) toner density.
Slightly adjust the toner density of the Y (Yellow), M (Magenta), C (Cyan), or K
Cause 2
Remedy
The machine's density settings are not adjusted correctly.
Perform an Automatic Gradation Adjustment. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing
Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-18
The specified color of thin lines or filled-in patterns do not print or disappear.
Cause 1 The combination of the color or pattern cannot be reproduced correctly.
Remedy 1 Adjust the color in the software application you are using and print the data
again.
Remedy 2 Change the pattern in the software application you are using and print the data
again.
Remedy 3 If 'Resolution' in the printer driver is set to [1200 dpi], press [Dark] to adjust the
density with 'Density Fine Adjustment', and print the data again.
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Density
Remedy 4 Set 'Resolution' in the printer driver to [600 dpi] and print the data again.
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See
6
Cause 2
The color looks different due to the halftone pattern.
Remedy 1 Change the density of the color and print the data again.
Remedy 2 Change the direction of the paper and print the data again.
Remedy 3 Set 'Halftones' in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion] and print the data again.
(See the Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See
The halftone pattern does not print in the correct (specified) color.
Cause
The machine's dither pattern is interfering with the halftone pattern in the print
data.
Remedy 1 Remove the halftone pattern in the software application you are using and print
the data again.
Remedy 2 Set 'Halftones' in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion] and print the data again.
(See the Help function on the printer driver.)
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-19
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See
The color of the photograph-like printout is different to the color on the display.
Cause
Due to the difference of the color adjustment method between the display
(RGB) and the machine (CMYK), the display colors cannot be faithfully printed.
Remedy 1 Set 'Matching Method' in the printer driver to [Perceptual[Monitor Color
Matched]] and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Matching
Remedy 2 Set 'RGB Source Profile' to [Gamma 1.5], [Gamma 1.8], or [Gamma 2.4] and
6
A diagram containing gradation is printed with a streak in the gradation area.
Cause 1
'Gray Compensation' is affecting the gray part of the streak on the diagram.
Remedy 1 Disable 'Gray Compensation' in the printer driver and print the data again. (See
the Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Gray
Remedy 2 Enable 'Prioritize Printing of Lines and Text' in the Windows PS printer driver or
Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the
PS printer driver.)
Remedy 3 Enable 'RGB Pure Black Process' or 'CMYK Pure Black Process' in the
Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again.
(See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "RGB Pure
Cause 2
Remedy
The machine's density settings are not adjusted correctly.
Perform an Automatic Gradation Adjustment. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing
Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-20
Characters are blurred.
Cause 1
Remedy
Cause 2
Thick font is used for characters.
Use thinner font and print the data again.
Black characters are printed using C (Cyan), M (Magenta), Y (Yellow), and K
(blacK) toners.
Remedy 1 Enable 'Pure Black Text' in the Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer
driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Pure
Remedy 2 Enable 'Prioritize Printing of Lines and Text' in the Windows PS printer driver or
Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the
PS printer driver.)
Remedy 3 Enable 'RGB Pure Black Process' or 'CMYK Pure Black Process' in the
Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again.
(See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)
6
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "RGB Pure
Remedy 4 Enable 'Gray Compensation' in the printer driver and print the data again. (See
the Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Gray
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-21
Thin lines and fine characters bleed.
Cause
The specified thin lines and fine characters cannot be processed properly.
Remedy 1 Adjust the color in the software application you are using and print the data
again.
Remedy 2 Use thicker lines or fonts and print the data again.
Remedy 3 Set 'Halftones' in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion] or [Resolution] and print
the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See
Remedy 4 If you are using Illustrator 8.0 or higher, set Bitmap Print to [Off] (uncheck the
check box) and print the data again. (Windows only)
Remedy 5 Enable 'Prioritize Printing of Lines and Text' in the Windows PS printer driver or
Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the
PS printer driver.)
6
NOTE
To perform the same setting from the touch panel display, set 'Output Profile' to [TR
Printing Problems
6-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The frame of the image that you inserted, which is not visible on your monitor, is printed in a
color different to that of the color surrounding the frame.
Cause
Depending on the application software and OS that you are using, the method
in which halftones and colors are processed may be different.
Remedy 1 If 'Resolution' in the printer driver is set to [1200 dpi], press [Dark] to adjust the
density with 'Density Fine Adjustment', and print the data again.
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Density
Remedy 2 Disable 'Gray Compensation' in the printer driver and print the data again. (See
the Help function on the printer driver.)
Remedy 3 Set 'Halftones' in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion], [Resolution], or
[Gradation], and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer
driver.)
6
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See
Remedy 4 Set 'Matching Method' in the PCL printer driver or the UFR II printer driver to
[Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]], [Saturation], or [Colorimetric], and print
the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)
Remedy 5 Enable 'RGB Pure Black Process' or 'CMYK Pure Black Process' in the
Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again.
(See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "RGB Pure
Remedy 6 Set Toner Volume Adjustment in the printer driver to 'Gradation' or 'Text', and
print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Toner
Remedy 7 Set Line Control in the printer driver to 'Gradation', and print the data again.
(See the Help function on the printer driver.)
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-23
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Line
Gradation in the black or gray parts of the image does not appear smooth (the color changes
stand out).
Cause
'RGB Pure Black Process' is affecting the black or gray part of the gradation.
Remedy
Disable 'RGB Pure Black Process' in the Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS
printer driver and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer
driver.)
IMPORTANT
If you change the above settings, gray or black data is printed using CMYK toners.
Therefore, the data may be printed in color, even if all pages are monochrome.
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "RGB Pure
6
The gray data appears grainy.
Cause
The RGB Pure Black Process setting, in combination with the Prioritize Printing
of Lines and Text setting in the printer driver or Output Profile setting on the
control panel, is affecting the gray part of the data.
Remedy
Disable 'RGB Pure Black Process' and 'Prioritize Printing of Lines and Text' in
the Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again.
(See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)
IMPORTANT
If you change the above settings, gray or black data is printed using CMYK toners.
Therefore, the data may be printed in color, even if all pages are monochrome.
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from 'RGB Pure Black Process' or 'Output
Profile' in the touch panel display. To perform the 'Output Profile' setting, set to [Normal].
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-24
Fine lines and characters with a small point size are light.
Cause The specified thin lines and fine characters cannot be processed properly.
Remedy 1 If 'Resolution' in the printer driver is set to [1200 dpi], press [Dark] to adjust the
density with 'Density Fine Adjustment', and print the data again.
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Density
Remedy 2 Set 'Resolution' in the printer driver to [600 dpi] and print the data again.
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See
Surface roughness, unevenness, or streaks in image and graphics portions are visible.
Cause
Combination with halftone patterns may cause the problem.
6
Remedy 1 Set [Objective] in the UFR II printer driver or PCL printer driver to [Photos] or
[Graphics] and perform printing again.
Remedy 2 Set [Halftones] in the printer driver to [Pattern 6] and perform printing again.
(See the Help function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from 'Halftones' in the touch panel display. To
perform the procedure, apply the halftone pattern setting separately for the following
- Text : Resolution
- Graphics : Gradation
- Image : Gradation
Printing Problems
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-25
Jagged edges are visible in an image.
Cause 1
Remedy
Combination with halftone patterns may cause the problem.
Set [Halftones] in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion] for the kind of data in
which jagged edges are visible and perform printing again. (See the Help
function on the printer driver.)
NOTE
•
You can also perform the same procedure from 'Halftones' in the touch panel display.
•
Although data looks like characters or diagrams, it may be processed as a different type
of data depending on how the application processes it.
Cause 2
Remedy
Jaggies in characters and diagrams may occur when 'Advanced Smoothing' in
the printer driver is set to [Off].
For characters, set Advanced Smoothing to "Smooth 1" or "Smooth 2" and
perform printing again.
6
NOTE
You can also perform the same procedure from 'Advanced Smoothing' in the touch panel
display. Further, only with the touch panel display, you can apply Advanced Smoothing
The density is thin when printing on OHP film.
Cause
In order to improve the image quality (transmissivity) when projected with an
OHP device, printing was performed with the density lowered for Transmissive
or Reflective type in the default settings.
Remedy 2 Perform an Automatic Gradation Adjustment. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing
Settings," in the Reference Guide.)
Printing Problems
6-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or
Macros from a Personal Computer
If trouble occurs when fonts or macros are downloaded from a personal computer
to this machine and the problem cannot be resolved by reinstalling, follow the steps
explained in this section to initialize the hard disk partition.
IMPORTANT
•
•
•
Only the system administrator for the machine can initialize the hard disk. Contact the
system administrator to execute this procedure.
The fonts or macros information downloaded to the hard disk is deleted by initializing the
hard disk.
Do not turn OFF the power when the hard disk is initializing. Doing so may damage the
machine.
NOTE
•
The hard disk cannot be initialized in the following conditions:
6
- When print data is being received or printed (It is recommended that you remove the
cable connecting the machine to the hub, so it does not receive print data.)
- When fonts are being installed or uninstalled
•
•
The steps explained below are for initializing the PCL Hard Disk partition.
To initialize the PS Hard Disk partition, follow the same steps, except that for step 5,
select [Initialize PS Hard Disk].
1
Set System Management Mode.
NOTE
Before setting System Management Mode, a system manager ID and system
password must be set. For details on settings, see Chapter 6, "System Manager
Settings," in the Reference Guide.
If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer
6-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2
3
Press
(Additional Functions).
Reset
ABC
DEF
MNO
WXYZ
GHI
Help
PQRS
TUV
Additional Functions
Stop
Start
Display Cont
Log In/Out
Clear
Press [Printer Settings].
6
4
Press [Utility].
If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer
6-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5
Press [Initialize PCL Hard Disk].
A confirmation message appears.
NOTE
If you cannot press [Initialize PCL Hard Disk], the hard disk cannot be initialized.
Check whether System Management Mode is set or if the machine is processing a
6
6
Press [Yes].
If you do not wish to initialize the hard disk, press [No].
If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer
6-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The following screen is displayed and the hard disk is initialized. During
initialization, the Processing/Data indicator blinks green.
When the initialization of the hard disk is completed, the Processing/Data
indicator goes out.
The duration of the hard disk initialization process depends on the number of
fonts and macros on the hard disk.
IMPORTANT
6
•
Do not turn OFF the power until the Processing/Data indicator goes out. Doing so
may damage the machine.
•
If the following screen is displayed after pressing [Yes], the hard disk has not been
initialized. Check whether print data is received and retry.
If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer
6-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7
Appendix
CHAPTER
This chapter shows print samples for different fonts, describes font information, including
sources and font lists, and lists a summary of the specifications for the machine.
What Is a Font? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
Attributes of Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
RGB/CMYK Test Page Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
Color Chart Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Software Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-58
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-59
7-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
This section summarizes some of the basic facts you should know about fonts.
What Is a Font?
A font is a collection of letters and symbols used when printing a document. In
general, a group of letters and symbols sharing a common design is referred to as
a font. A font consists of the letters A to Z in both upper and lowercase, digits, and
symbols.
The design that distinguishes one font from another is referred to as a "typeface."
Each font has a typeface name, such as Courier, CG Times, Letter Gothic, etc.
Attributes of Fonts
All fonts share some common characteristics, which are called "attributes." The
typeface is one such attribute. The letters and symbols that are actually printed are
determined by the values of a collection of these attributes.
7
Typeface
The design of the letters (e.g., Courier, CG Times, Helvetica, or Gothic).
The thickness of the lines with which the letters are drawn (e.g., bold,
medium, or light).
Stroke Weight
Whether the letters are drawn straight or at an angle (e.g., upright or
italic).
Style
Point Size
Pitch (cpi)
Height of the letters (e.g., 10 point or 5 point).
Number of characters that are printed in one inch (e.g., 10 cpi, 12 cpi, or
Scale).
Character
Width (Fixed/
PS)
Indicates whether the character width is set to "Fixed" or "Proportional."
Orientation
Orientation of the characters on a page ("Portrait" or "Landscape").
The rule that defines the correspondence between the character codes
coming from the host computer, and the letter forms that appear on the
page (e.g., Roman-8).
Symbol Set
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2
Typeface
Typeface refers to the design of the characters and symbols. The following figure
shows an example of some typefaces.
Stroke Weight
Stroke weight refers to the thickness of the print. There are light, medium, and bold
stroke weights. The printer function has medium and bold fonts available. The
figure below shows an example of medium and bold printing.
7
Style
Style refers to the shape of the characters. The printer function can print in two
styles: upright and italic.
With some fonts, like CourierPS and Letter Gothic, the terms "Oblique" and
"Slanted" are used in the same manner as italics.
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-3
Point Size
Point size refers to the height of the character. Character size is measured in
points. One inch is divided into 72 points and 1 point is 1/72 of an inch (about
0.35 mm). The printer function has bitmapped fonts and scalable fonts available.
The bitmapped fonts are fixed in size, but the scalable fonts are not fixed in size.
Scalable fonts are freely scalable to any size you wish in 0.1 point increments. The
following figure shows an example of various point sizes.
NOTE
7
scalable fonts.
Pitch (cpi)
Pitch refers to the number of characters that are printed in one inch. The unit is cpi
(characters per inch). As the number of characters per inch increases, the space
between characters decreases; as the cpi decreases, the space between
characters increases.
15 cpi
12 cpi
10 cpi
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
7-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Character Width (Fixed and PS)
Each character has a different width from all the other characters in a font at a
given point size. For example, "W" is a wider letter than "I." There are two ways to
print letters of different widths: you can print all letters with the same spacing,
regardless of their actual width; or you can change the spacing between letters to
accommodate these different widths. Printing all letters with the same spacing is
called "Fixed spacing," while changing the spacing to accommodate different letter
widths is called "Proportional spacing."
Because the Fixed spacing method prints all letters with the same spacing, the
number of characters which will fit into a given length is a fixed quantity which can
be specified.
If the characters are printed with Proportional spacing, then the number of
characters that will fit into an inch varies depending on the letters printed.
7
Orientation
Orientation refers to the direction of printing. The printer function can print using
two different paper orientations: portrait and landscape. With portrait orientation,
text is printed across the width of the paper (short edge), and with landscape
orientation, text is printed across the length of the paper (long edge).
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-5
Symbol Set
When you print the letter "A," the host computer sends a code corresponding to "A"
(hexadecimal 41 is an example of this) to the machine. This code is referred to as
the character code. The machine stores an internal representation of each
character, and selects from among these character patterns the pattern
corresponding to the received code. In this case, the machine searches for the
pattern for "A," and prints it.
■ The process by which letters are printed
7
Computer
Machine
Character
Patterns
The machine uses a fixed rule to decide which letter or symbol corresponds to the
character code sent from the host computer. For example, the letter "A" is printed for the
hexadecimal code "41." The rule which determines the correspondence between
character codes and printed letters is called the "symbol set."
Fonts and Scalable Fonts
There are two types of fonts available, and these fonts are distinguished by the
type of data from which they are formed.
• Bitmapped fonts
• Scalable fonts
Bitmapped Fonts
Each character of bitmapped fonts are composed of a grid of small dots and stored
in the machine's memory in dot matrix format.
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-6
Bitmapped fonts are fixed in size and specified by characteristics called "attributes,"
such as typeface, stroke weight, style and so on. Various types of bitmapped fonts
are produced by the combination of these attributes.
Scalable Fonts
With scalable fonts, characters are freely enlarged or compressed from the one
point to any size you wish in 0.1 point increments.
7
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-7
Standard Scalable Fonts (PCL)
With scalable fonts, characters are freely enlarged or compressed from one point to
any size you wish in 0.1 point increments. (The maximum range of scaling depends
on the size of the memory installed in the machine and the size of the paper used.)
The following scalable typefaces are included with the machine.
Albertus Extra Bold
Albertus Medium
Antique Olive
Helvetica Bold Oblique New Century
Helvetica Narrow
Schoolbook Italic
Helvetica Narrow Bold New Century
Antique Olive Bold
Antique Olive Italic
Arial
Arial Bold
Arial Bold Italic
Arial Italic
Helvetica Narrow Bold
Oblique
Helvetica Narrow
Oblique
Helvetica Oblique
ITC Avant Garde
Gothic Book
Schoolbook Roman
Palatino Bold
Palatino Bold Italic
Palatino Italic
Palatino Roman
Symbol
CG Omega
SymbolPS
CG Omega Bold
CG Omega Bold Italic
CG Omega Italic
CG Times
ITC Avant Garde
Gothic Book Oblique
ITC Avant Garde
Gothic Demi
Times Bold
Times Bold Italic
Times Italic
Times New
CG Times Bold
CG Times Bold Italic
CG Times Italic
Clarendon Condensed ITC Bookman Demi
Coronet
ITC Avant Garde
Gothic Demi Oblique
ITC Bookman Demi
Times New Bold
Times New Bold Italic
Times New Italic
Times Roman
Univers Medium
Univers Bold
Univers Bold
Condensed
Univers Bold
Condensed Italic
Univers Bold Italic
Univers Medium Italic
Univers Medium
Condensed
Univers Medium
Condensed Italic
Wingdings
7
Italic
Courier
ITC Bookman Light
ITC Bookman Light
Italic
ITC Zapf Chancery
Medium Italic
ITC Zapf Dingbats
Letter Gothic
Letter Gothic Bold
Letter Gothic Italic
Marigold
New Century
Schoolbook Bold
New Century
Schoolbook Bold
Italic
Courier Bold
Courier Bold Italic
Courier Italic
CourierPS
CourierPS Bold
CourierPS Oblique
CourierPS Bold
Oblique
Garamond Antiqua
Garamond Halbfett
Garamond Kursiv
Garamond Kursiv
Halbfett
Helvetica
Helvetica Bold
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
7-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OCR Sets Fonts (PCL)
OCR A
OCR B
Symbol Sets (For Scalable Typefaces Only)
The following symbol sets are included with the machine.
ASCII (ISO6)
Legal
Pi Font
DeskTop
Math-8
PS Math *
Dingbats (14L)
MC Text *
Microsoft Publishing
OCR-A
OCR-B
PC-1004 (OS/2)
PC-775
PC-8
PC-8 D/N
PC-8 Greek
PS Text
Roman-8
Roman 9 *
Symbol
ISO 8859-1 Latin1
ISO 8859-10 Latin 6
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
ISO French (ISO69)
ISO German (ISO21)
ISO Italian (ISO15)
ISO Latin 9 *
Unicode
Ventura International
Ventura Math
Ventura US
Windows 3.0 Latin 1 *
Windows Baltic *
Windows 3.1 Latin 1 *
Windows 3.1 Latin 2 *
Windows 3.1 Latin 5 *
Wingdings
ISO Norwegian (ISO60) PC-850
ISO Spanish (ISO17)
ISO Swedish:names
(ISO11)
ISO United Kingdom
(ISO4)
PC-852
PC-858 *
PC-860 Portugal
PC-865 Norway
PC-Turkish
7
* Supports the euro
symbol.
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
7-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PS Fonts
AlbertusMT
BodoniCE Bold
Bodoni BoldItalic
BodoniCE BoldItalic
Bodoni Poster
BodoniCE Poster
Bodoni
PosterCompressed
BodoniCE
PosterCompressed
Bookman Light
Courier BoldOblique
CourierCE BoldOblique
Eurostile
AlbertusMT Italic
AlbertusMT Light
AntiqueOlive Roman
AntiqueOliveCE
Roman
AntiqueOlive Italic
AntiqueOliveCE Italic
AntiqueOlive Bold
AntiqueOliveCE Bold
EurostileCE
Eurostile Bold
EurostileCE Bold
Eurostile ExtendedTwo
EurostileCE
ExtendedTwo
Eurostile
AntiqueOlive Compact BookmanCE Light
BoldExtendedTwo
EurostileCE
BoldExtendedTwo
Geneva
GenevaCE
GillSans
AntiqueOliveCE
Compact
Apple Chancery
Apple ChanceryCE
ArialMT
Bookman LightItalic
BookmanCE LightItalic
Bookman Demi
BookmanCE Demi
Bookman DemiItalic
ArialCE
BookmanCE DemiItalic GillSansCE Roman
Arial ItalicMT
ArialCE Italic
Arial BoldMT
ArialCE Bold
Arial BoldItalicMT
ArialCE BoldItalic
AvantGarde Book
AvantGardeCE Book
AvantGarde
BookOblique
AvantGardeCE
BookOblique
AvantGarde Demi
AvantGardeCE Demi
AvantGarde
Candid
Chicago
Chicago CE
Clarendon
GillSans Italic
GillSansCE Italic
GillSans Bold
GillSansCE Bold
GillSans BoldItalic
GillSansCE BoldItalic
GillSans Condensed
GillSansCE
Condensed
GillSans
BoldCondensed
GillSansCE
BoldCondensed
GillSans Light
GillSansCE Light
GillSans LightItalic
GillSansCE LightItalic
GillSans ExtraBold
GillSansCE ExtraBold
Goudy
Goudy Italic
Goudy Bold
Goudy BoldItalic
Goudy ExtraBold
7
ClarendonCE
Clarendon Light
ClarendonCE Light
Clarendon Bold
ClarendonCE Bold
CooperBlack
CooperBlack Italic
Copperplate
ThirtyTwoBC
Copperplate
ThirtyThreeBC
Coronet Regular
CoronetCE Regular
Courier
DemiOblique
AvantGardeCE
DemiOblique
Bodoni
BodoniCE
Bodoni Italic
CourierCE
Courier Oblique
CourierCE Oblique
Courier Bold
BodoniCE Italic
Bodoni Bold
CourierCE Bold
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
7-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Helvetica
HoeflerTextCE Black
MonaLisa Recut
HelveticaCE
HoeflerText BlackItalic NewCenturySchlbk
Helvetica Oblique
HelveticaCE Oblique
Helvetica Bold
HelveticaCE Bold
Helvetica BoldOblique
HelveticaCE
HoeflerTextCE
BlackItalic
HoeflerText Ornaments
JoannaMT
JoannaMTCE
JoannaMT Italic
JoannaMTCE Italic
JoannaMT Bold
JoannaMTCE Bold
JoannaMT BoldItalic
Roman
NewCenturySchlbkCE
Roman
NewCenturySchlbk
Italic
NewCenturySchlbkCE
Italic
NewCenturySchlbk
Bold
NewCenturySchlbkCE
BoldOblique
Helvetica Condensed
HelveticaCE Cond
Helvetica Condensed
Oblique
JoannaMTCE BoldItalic Bold
HelveticaCE CondObl
Helvetica Condensed
Bold
LetterGothic
LetterGothicCE
LetterGothic Slanted
NewCenturySchlbk
BoldItalic
NewCenturySchlbkCE
BoldItalic
HelveticaCE CondBold LetterGothicCE
Helvetica Condensed
BoldObl
HelveticaCE
Slanted
NewYork
NewYorkCE
Optima
OptimaCE Roman
Optima Italic
OptimaCE Italic
Optima Bold
OptimaCE Bold
LetterGothic Bold
LetterGothicCE Bold
LetterGothic
BoldSlanted
LetterGothicCE
BoldSlanted
CondBoldObl
Helvetica Narrow
HelveticaCE Narrow
Helvetica Narrow Bold
HelveticaCE
7
LubalinGraph Book
NarrowBold
LubalinGraphCE Book Optima BoldItalic
Helvetica Narrow
BoldOblique
LubalinGraph
BookOblique
OptimaCE BoldItalic
Oxford
HelveticaCE
LubalinGraphCE
BookOblique
LubalinGraph Demi
Palatino Roman
PalatinoCE Roman
Palatino Italic
NarrowBoldOblique
Helvetica Narrow
Oblique
LubalinGraphCE Demi PalatinoCE Italic
HelveticaCE
LubalinGraph
DemiOblique
LubalinGraphCE
DemiOblique
Marigold
Palatino Bold
NarrowOblique
HoeflerText Regular
HoeflerTextCE Regular
HoeflerText Italic
HoeflerTextCE Italic
HoeflerText Black
PalatinoCE Bold
Palatino BoldItalic
PalatinoCE BoldItalic
StempelGaramond
Roman
Monaco
MonacoCE
StempelGaramondCE
Roman
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
7-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
StempelGaramond
Italic
StempelGaramondCE
Italic
StempelGaramond
Bold
StempelGaramondCE
Bold
TimesNewRomanCE
Italic
TlmesNewRomanPS
BoldMT
TimesNewRomanCE
Bold
TimesNewRomanPS
BoldItalicMT
Univers
CondensedOblique
UniversCE
CondensedOblique
Univers
CondensedBold
UniversCE
CondensedBold
Univers Condensed
BoldOblique
StempelGaramond
BoldItalic
TimesNewRomanCE
BoldItalic
StempelGaramondCE
BoldItalic
Symbol
Univers
UniversCE Condensed
BoldOblique
Univers Extended
UniversCE Extended
Univers ExtendedObl
UniversCE
UniversCE Medium
Univers Oblique
UniversCE Oblique
Univers Bold
UniversCE Bold
Univers BoldOblique
UniversCE
BoldOblique
Univers Light
UniversCE Light
Univers LightOblique
Taffy
Times Roman
TimesCE Roman
Times Italic
TimesCE Italic
Times Bold
TimesCE Bold
Times BoldItalic
TimesCE BoldItalic
ExtendedObl
Univers BoldExt
UniversCE BoldExt
Univers BoldExtObl
UniversCE BoldExtObl
Wingdings Regular
ZapfChancery
7
TimesNewRomanPSMT Univers CE
TimesNewRomanCE
TimesNewRomanPS
ItalicMT
LightOblique
Univers Condensed
UniversCE Condensed
MediumItalic
ZapfChanceryCE
MediumItalic
ZapfDingbats
Some Basic Facts about Fonts
7-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Font lists are a comprehensive listing of all fonts currently available. The listing
contains both the names of resident fonts, and the names of the fonts stored on any
external hard disk that may be present.
IMPORTANT
These fonts are only available for the PCL or PS Printer.
PCL FONT LISTS
PS FONT LISTS
e
b
c
d
f
a
a
f
7
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-13
The Font List includes the following information:
a
b
Font/Symbol Set* The typeface name and the symbol set.
This indicates whether a font is a fixed-size,
Spacing
non-proportional font (0) or a proportional font (1).
Upright (straight) characters or italic (slanted)
characters.
c
d
Style
Stroke Weight
Pitch/Point Size
Print Sample
The stroke weight of the characters in the font.
The pitch and point size. For a scalable font, Scale
is displayed. The vertical distance in points from the
top of capital letters to the tail of the letter "y."
e
f
A print sample of the font.
* If the font supports more than one symbol set, a command parameter (indicated with xY or xM) will not be shown.
7
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
7-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Typeface Samples
Standard Scalable Fonts (PCL)
Courier
CG Times
CG Times Bold
CG Times Italic
CG Times Bold Italic
CG Omega
CG Omega Bold
CG Omega Italic
CG Omega Bold Italic
Coronet
Clarendon Condensed
Univers Medium
Univers Bold
7
Univers Medium Italic
Univers Bold Italic
Univers Medium Condensed
Univers Bold Condensed
Univers Medium Condensed Italic
Univers Bold Condensed Italic
Antique Olive
Antique Olive Bold
Antique Olive Italic
Garamond Antiqua
Garamond Halbfett
Garamond Kursiv
Garamond Kursiv Halbfett
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-15
Marigold
Albertus Medium
Albertus Extra Bold
Arial
Arial Bold
Arial Italic
Arial Bold Italic
Times New
Times New Bold
Times New Italic
Times New Bold Italic
Helvetica
Helvetica Bold
Helvetica Oblique
Helvetica Bold Oblique
Helvetica Narrow
Helvetica Narrow Bold
Helvetica Narrow Oblique
Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique
Palatino Roman
7
Palatino Bold
Palatino Italic
Palatino Bold Italic
ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book
ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi
ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book Oblique
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
7-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi Oblique
ITC Bookman Light
ITC Bookman Demi
ITC Bookman Light Italic
ITC Bookman Demi Italic
New Century Schoolbook Roman
New Century Schoolbook Bold
New Century Schoolbook Italic
New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic
Times Roman
Times Bold
Times Italic
Times Bold Italic
ITC Zapf Chancery Medium Italic
Symbol
SymbolPS
Wingdings
7
ITC Zapf Dingbats
Courier Bold
Courier Italic
Courier Bold Italic
Letter Gothic
Letter Gothic Bold
Letter Gothic Italic
CourierPS
CourierPS Bold
CourierPS Oblique
CourierPS Bold Oblique
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-17
Bitmapped Fonts (PCL)
Line Printer
Line Printer
Line Printer
Line Printer
Line Printer
Line Printer
Line Printer
Line Printer
Line Printer
Line Printer
OCR Code Scalable Fonts (PCL)
OCR A
OCR B
7
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
7-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PS Fonts
AlbertusMT
AlbertusMT Italic
AlbertusMT Light
AntiqueOlive Roman
AntiqueOliveCE Roman
AntiqueOlive Italic
AntiqueOliveCE Italic
AntiqueOlive Bold
AntiqueOliveCE Bold
AntiqueOlive Compact
AntiqueOliveCE Compact
Apple Chancery
Apple ChanceryCE
ArialMT
ArialCE
Arial ItalicMT
ArialCE Italic
7
Arial BoldMT
ArialCE Bold
Arial BoldItalicMT
ArialCE BoldItalic
AvantGarde Book
AvantGardeCE Book
AvantGarde BookOblique
AvantGardeCE BookOblique
AvantGarde Demi
AvantGardeCE Demi
AvantGarde DemiOblique
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-19
AvantGardeCE DemiOblique
Bodoni
BodoniCE
Bodoni Italic
BodoniCE Italic
Bodoni Bold
BodoniCE Bold
Bodoni BoldItalic
BodoniCE BoldItalic
Bodoni Poster
BodoniCE Poster
Bodoni PosterCompressed
BodoniCE PosterCompressed
Bookman Light
BookmanCE Light
Bookman LightItalic
BookmanCE LightItalic
Bookman Demi
BookmanCE Demi
Bookman DemiItalic
BookmanCE DemiItalic
Candid
7
Chicago
Chicago CE
Clarendon
ClarendonCE
Clarendon Light
ClarendonCE Light
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
7-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Clarendon Bold
ClarendonCE Bold
CooperBlack
CooperBlack Italic
Copperplate ThirtyTwoBC
Copperplate ThirtyThreeBC
Coronet Regular
CoronetCE Regular
Courier
CourierCE
Courier Oblique
CourierCE Oblique
Courier Bold
CourierCE Bold
Courier BoldOblique
CourierCE BoldOblique
Eurostile
EurostileCE
7
Eurostile Bold
EurostileCE Bold
Eurostile ExtendedTwo
EurostileCE ExtendedTwo
Eurostile BoldExtendedTwo
EurostileCE BoldExtendedTwo
Geneva
GenevaCE
GillSans
GillSansCE Roman
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-21
GillSans Italic
GillSansCE Italic
GillSans Bold
GillSansCE Bold
GillSans BoldItalic
GillSansCE BoldItalic
GillSans Condensed
GillSansCE Condensed
GillSans BoldCondensed
GillSansCE BoldCondensed
GillSans Light
GillSansCE Light
GillSans LightItalic
GillSansCE LightItalic
GillSans ExtraBold
GillSansCE ExtraBold
Goudy
Goudy Italic
7
Goudy Bold
Goudy BoldItalic
Goudy ExtraBold
Helvetica
HelveticaCE
Helvetica Oblique
HelveticaCE Oblique
Helvetica Bold
HelveticaCE Bold
Helvetica BoldOblique
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
7-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HelveticaCE BoldOblique
Helvetica Condensed
HelveticaCE Cond
Helvetica Condensed Oblique
HelveticaCE CondObl
Helvetica Condensed Bold
HelveticaCE CondBold
Helvetica Condensed BoldObl
HelveticaCE CondBoldObl
Helvetica Narrow
HelveticaCE Narrow
Helvetica Narrow Bold
HelveticaCE NarrowBold
Helvetica Narrow BoldOblique
HelveticaCE Narrow BoldOblique
Helvetica Narrow Oblique
HelveticaCE NarrowOblique
HoeflerText Regular
7
HoeflerTextCE Regular
HoeflerText Italic
HoeflerTextCE Italic
HoeflerText Black
HoeflerTextCE Black
HoeflerText BlackItalic
HoeflerTextCE BlackItalic
HoeflerText Ornaments
JoannaMT
JoannaMTCE
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-23
JoannaMT Italic
JoannaMTCE Italic
JoannaMT Bold
JoannaMTCE Bold
JoannaMT BoldItalic
JoannaMTCE BoldItalic
LetterGothic
LetterGothicCE
LetterGothic Slanted
LetterGothicCE Slanted
LetterGothic Bold
LetterGothicCE Bold
LetterGothic BoldSlanted
LetterGothicCE BoldSlanted
LubalinGraph Book
LubalinGraphCE Book
LubalinGraph BookOblique
LubalinGraphCE BookOblique
LubalinGraph Demi
LubalinGraphCE Demi
LubalinGraph DemiOblique
LubalinGraphCE DemiOblique
Marigold
7
Monaco
MonacoCE
MonaLisa Recut
NewCenturySchlbk Roman
NewCenturySchlbkCE Roman
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
7-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
NewCenturySchlbk Italic
NewCenturySchlbkCE Italic
NewCenturySchlbk Bold
NewCenturySchlbkCE Bold
NewCenturySchlbk BoldItalic
NewCenturySchlbkCE BoldItalic
NewYork
NewYorkCE
Optima
OptimaCE Roman
Optima Italic
OptimaCE Italic
Optima Bold
OptimaCE Bold
Optima BoldItalic
OptimaCE BoldItalic
Oxford
Palatino Roman
7
PalatinoCE Roman
Palatino Italic
PalatinoCE Italic
Palatino Bold
PalatinoCE Bold
Palatino BoldItalic
PalatinoCE BoldItalic
StempelGaramond Roman
StempelGaramondCE Roman
StempelGaramond Italic
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-25
StempelGaramondCE Italic
StempelGaramond Bold
StempelGaramondCE Bold
StempelGaramond BoldItalic
StempelGaramondCE BoldItalic
Symbol
Taffy
Times Roman
TimesCE Roman
Times Italic
TimesCE Italic
Times Bold
TimesCE Bold
Times BoldItalic
TimesCE BoldItalic
TimesNewRomanPSMT
TimesNewRomanCE
TimesNewRomanPS ItalicMT
TimesNewRomanCE Italic
TlmesNewRomanPS BoldMT
TimesNewRomanCE Bold
TimesNewRomanPS BoldItalicMT
TimesNewRomanCE BoldItalic
Univers
7
UniversCE Medium
Univers Oblique
UniversCE Oblique
Univers Bold
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
7-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
UniversCE Bold
Univers BoldOblique
UniversCE BoldOblique
Univers Light
UniversCE Light
Univers LightOblique
UniversCE LightOblique
Univers Condensed
UniversCE Condensed
Univers CondensedOblique
UniversCE CondensedOblique
Univers CondensedBold
UniversCE CondensedBold
Univers CondensedBoldOblique
UniversCE CondensedBoldOblique
Univers Extended
UniversCE Extended
Univers ExtendedObl
UniversCE ExtendedObl
Univers BoldExt
7
UniversCE BoldExt
Univers BoldExtObl
UniversCE BoldExtObl
Wingdings Regular
ZapfChancery MediumItalic
ZapfChanceryCE MediumItalic
ZapfDingbats
Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-27
The Configuration Page includes the following information:
This section displays the hardware configuration of
the machine, including any options that have been
installed.
Hardware
Configuration
a
b
This section displays the common printer settings of
Common Settings the machine, as determined by the Settings menu.
This section displays the paper feed settings for the
printer function of the machine, as determined by
the Paper Feed section of the Settings menu. (See
c
d
e
Paper Feed
This section displays the print quality settings for the
printer function of the machine, as determined by
the Print Quality section of the Settings menu. (See
Print Quality
This section displays the layout settings for the
printer function of the machine, as determined by
the Layout section of the Settings menu. (See
Layout
This section displays the copy set numbering
settings for the printer function of the machine, as
7
Copy Set
f
determined by the Copy Set Numbering section of
Numbering
This section displays the PCL settings for the printer
function of the machine, as determined by the PCL
section of the Settings menu. (See "PCL Settings,"
g
h
PCL Settings
This section displays the PS settings for the printer
function of the machine, as determined by the PS
section of the Settings menu. (See "PS Settings," on
PS Settings
IMPORTANT
These samples are only available for the PCL or PS Printer.
Configuration Page Samples
7-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The RGB/CMYK Test Page includes the following information:
RGB Output Test An output color sample, based on the RGB color
a
Sample
related settings specified on the touch panel display.
Information regarding the RGB color related settings
specified in common settings and PS settings. An
RGB Output Test Sample based on these settings is
printed.
RGB Color
Settings
b
c
d
CMYK Output Test An output color sample, based on the CMYK color
Sample
related settings specified on the touch panel display.
Information regarding the CMYK color related
settings specified in common settings and PS
settings. A CMYK Output Test Sample based on
these settings is printed.
CMYK Color
Settings
IMPORTANT
These samples are only available for the PS Printer.
7
RGB/CMYK Test Page Samples
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-55
The Color Chart includes the following information:
This chart is a methodically arranged overlapping
color sample of the 3 RGB colors, and its output
based on the RGB color related settings specified
on the touch panel display. It shows what colors this
machine can print with one fixed color while
changing the density of the other colors.
a
b
c
RGB Color Chart
Information regarding the RGB color related settings
specified in common settings and PS settings. An
RGB Color Chart based on these settings is printed.
RGB Color
Settings
This chart is a methodically arranged overlapping
color sample of the 4 CMYK colors, and its output
based on the CMYK color related settings specified
on the touch panel display. It shows what colors this
machine can print with one fixed color while
changing the density of the other colors.
CMYK Color Chart
Information regarding the CMYK color related
settings specified in common settings and PS
settings. A CMYK Color Chart based on these
settings is printed.
CMYK Color
Settings
d
IMPORTANT
These samples are only available for the PS Printer.
7
Color Chart Samples
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-57
Specifications
Specifications are subject to change without notice for product improvement or
future release.
Software Specifications
PCL5c*1, PCL6*1, PostScript 3 emulation*2, and
UFR II
Command Language
PCL*1:
80 Scalable fonts, 2 OCR fonts and 10
Bitmap fonts
Resident Fonts
PS*2:
136 Scalable fonts
PCL5c*1*3, PCL6*1*3
:
Reduced to 1/6" (4.23 mm) from the top,
bottom, left, and right edges of the paper.
7
PostScript 3 emulation*2*4
:
Printable Area
Reduced to 4/25" (4 mm) from the top,
bottom, left, and right edges of the paper.
UFR II*5:
Reduced to 1/5" (5 mm) from the top,
bottom, left, and right edges of the paper.
*1 Only available for the PCL or PS Printer.
*2 Only available for the PS Printer.
*3 If you are using 12_5/8" x 17_11/16" size paper, 3/10" (7.5 mm) from the right and left edges, 1/6" (4.23 mm) from
the top and bottom edges of the paper cannot be printed.
*4 If you are using 12_5/8" x 17_11/16" size paper, 3/10" (7.5 mm) from the right and left edges, 4/25" (4 mm) from the
top and bottom edges of the paper cannot be printed.
*5 If you are using 12_5/8" x 17_11/16" and 12" x 18" size paper, 2/5" (10 mm) from the right, left, top, and bottom
edges of the paper cannot be printed.
Specifications
7-58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Brightness
Numerics
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
2-Sided Printing, 3-15, 3-21
A
C
Accessing the Printer Settings Menu, 1-12
Accessing the Report Settings Menu, 1-16
Advanced Smoothing
Canceling All Operations, 2-17
Canceling Print Jobs, 2-12
Carriage Return, 3-57
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
CMS(Matching) Selection, 3-50, 3-63
CMYK Color Chart, 4-5
PDF1.5 Settings, 3-97
7
UFR II Settings, 3-51
Append CR to LF, 3-57
Attributes of Fonts, 7-2
CMYK Simulation Profile
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging),
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
B
Binding Location, 3-21, 5-17, 5-25, 5-33
Bitmapped Fonts, 7-6
Black and White, 3-43
Black Overprint
Collate, 3-29
Color, 3-41
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
Color Mode, 3-43, 5-12, 5-24, 5-32
Combine Color Separations, 3-74
Composite Overprint
PDF1.5 Settings, 3-91
Booklet, 3-35, 3-36, 5-18
Index
7-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PDF1.5 Settings, 3-92
E
Enable Exif Adjustment, 5-34
Encrypted Secured Prints, 2-33
Enlarge A4 Print Width, 3-58
Enlarge Print Area
Compressed Image Output, 3-44
Configuration Page (PS), 1-16, 4-4
Control Command, 1-2
Copy Set Numbering, 3-39
Cover Sheet, 3-15
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging),
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
Cpi, 3-54
Creep Correction, 3-37
Custom Paper, 3-55
Error indicator, 6-2, 6-4
Error Messages, 6-2
D
Error Skip, 6-4
Default Paper Size, 3-16
Default Paper Type, 3-16
Density
Exif Adjustment, 3-80
7
Copy Set Numbering, 3-41
Print Quality, 3-17
Density Fine Adjustment, 3-18
Device Information Delivery Settings mode, 3-7,
F
Finishing, 3-29, 5-17, 5-25
Fixed Spacing, 7-5
Font Download, 6-27
Font Lists
Direct Print, 1-3, 5-2
Document Name after Storing, 5-18, 5-26
Download Profile
Font Number, 3-54
Fonts
CMYK Simulation Profile, 3-67
Output Profile, 3-69
Bitmapped, 7-6, 7-18
Symbol Sets, 7-9
Form Feed, 3-27
UFR II Settings, 3-47
Index
7-60
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form Feeding Print Data, 2-21
Form Lines, 3-54
I
Image Compression, 3-19
Full Color, 3-43
G
Initialize, 3-45
Gradation Settings, 3-44
Gray Compensation
Initialize Error, 6-4
Initialize PCL Hard Disk, 3-99, 6-27
Internet Explorer, 5-3
Imaging Settings, 3-84
PDF1.5 Settings, 3-93
UFR II Settings, 3-49
J
Grayscale Profile
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
Job, 3-27
Job Securing Time, 3-26
Job Timeout, 3-65
PDF1.5 Settings, 3-68
7
Group, 3-29
K
H
Halftones
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging),
L
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
Landscape, 3-53
Imaging Settings, 3-81
Letterhead, 3-15
PDF1.5 Settings, 3-96
Line Control, 3-20
Line Feed, 3-57
UFR II Settings, 3-46
Log Screen
Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features
Screen, 2-5
Checking Jobs from the System Monitor
Screen, 2-9
Index
7-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Offset Long Edge (Back), 3-25
Offset Long Edge (Front), 3-24
Offset Short Edge (Back), 3-25
Offset Short Edge (Front), 3-24
Offset+Collate, 3-29
M
Magenta, 3-17
Manual Feed, 5-16
Matching Method
Output Profile
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging),
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging),
Imaging Settings, 3-84
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
PDF1.5 Settings, 3-89
PCL Settings, 3-61
UFR II Settings, 3-48
Menu Functions, 1-9
Mode Priority, 3-42
UFR II Settings, 3-48
P
7
Page Layout, 5-17
My Job Status Screen, 2-4
Page Order, 5-17
Paper Feed, 3-16
Paper Save
N
PCL Settings, 3-53
UFR II Settings, 3-51
Paper Size Override, 3-17
Paper Type, 5-16, 5-32
Netscape Communicator, 5-3
Number Position Horizontal, 3-41
Number Position Vertical, 3-41
Number Size, 3-40
PCL Menu, 4-3
PCL Mode, 1-3
Perform Gray Compensation, 5-15, 5-35
Perform Spot Color Matching, 5-15
Photo, 3-69
O
Oblique, 7-3
Index
7-62
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Plain Paper, 3-16
R
Raster Image Processor, 3-28
Portrait, 3-53
Report Settings Menu
Functions List, 4-2
PostScript Emulation Mode, 1-3
Pre-punched, 3-16, 3-34
Print After Completing RIP, 3-28
Print Modes, 3-27
Using, 1-16
Reset Printer, 3-100
Print Position
Copy Set Numbering, 3-40
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging),
RGB Color Chart, 4-5
RGB Pure Black Process, 3-71
RGB Source Profile
Imaging Settings, 3-79
Print PS Errors, 3-65
Print Quality, 3-17
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging),
Print Quality Problems, 6-17
Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5),
Printer Settings Menu
PCL Settings, 3-60
Overview, 1-11
7
Storing, 1-9
Using, 1-12
Printer Trouble, 6-14
UFR II Settings, 3-47
RIP
Proportional Spacing, 7-5
Print After Completing, 3-28
Rotate+Group, 3-29
PS Fonts, 7-10
PS Menu, 4-4
Punch, 3-34
S
Puncher Unit, 3-34
Pure Black Text
Direct Printing from the Remote UI, 5-14
PDF1.5 Settings, 3-90
Self-diagnostic (Error) Displays, 6-2
Service Call, 6-2, 6-4
Index
7-63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Skipping an Error During Printing, 2-25
Smooth, 3-44
Bitmapped Fonts, 7-18
PS Fonts, 7-19
Software Specifications, 7-58
Spacing, 7-14
Standard Scalable Fonts, 7-15
Specifications, 7-58
Speed Priority, 3-19
U
Stack Bypass, 3-15
Unit of Measure, 3-55
UNIX, 3-16
Staple+Group, 3-32, 3-33
Starting Number, 3-40
Upright, 7-3
Use Composite Overprinting, 5-15
Utility Menu, 3-14, 3-99
Status Screen
Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features
Screen, 2-5
Checking Jobs from the System Monitor
Screen, 2-9
W
7
Wait Timeout, 3-65
System Requirements, 5-3
X
X dimension, 3-56
T
Y
Temporarily Stopping Print Jobs, 2-18
Y dimension, 3-56
Yellow, 3-17
Toner Volume Adjustment, 3-20
TR Normal, 3-69
Z
TR Photo, 3-69
Tracing Paper, 3-34
Transparency Interleaving, 3-38
Transparency Printing, 3-38
Index
7-64
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CANON INC.
30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan
CANON U.S.A., INC.
One Canon Plaza, Lake Success, NY 11042, U.S.A.
CANON CANADA INC.
6390 Dixie Road Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1P7, Canada
CANON EUROPA N.V.
Bovenkerkerweg 59-61 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands
(See http://www.canon-europe.com/ for details on your regional dealer)
CANON LATIN AMERICA, INC.
703 Waterford Way Suite 400 Miami, Florida 33126 U.S.A.
CANON AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD
1 Thomas Holt Drive, North Ryde, Sydney, N.S.W. 2113, Australia
CANON CHINA CO.,LTD
15F Jinbao Building No.89 Jinbao Street, Dongcheng District, Beijing 100005, China
CANON SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.
1 HarbourFront Avenue #04-01 Keppel Bay Tower, Singapore 098632
CANON HONGKONG CO., LTD
19/F., The Metropolis Tower, 10 Metropolis Drive, Hunghom, Kowloon, Hong Kong
USRM1-2835-00
© CANON INC. 2007
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|